{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "5059", "width": "2847", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4797", "width": "2875", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "J?^\\n1^\\nM\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nv", "height": "4797", "width": "2875", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "LIBRARY OF CONGRESS.\\nUNITED STATES OF AMERICA\\nf- A\\nChap.\\nShell\\nPRESENTED BY\\nt^t^\\n^}lt proper (g\\n4i\\n/^i^-z^/z:\\n-a", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK\\nJLOATTEDTO\\nHADLEY S Gl EK (UlAMMAK,\\niNTRonrr-Tiox to XEv, )rn(A wabasks\\nJAMES n. liOISE, Ph. D.\\nTYERBITY OF OnrOAOO,\\nITTOH OF\\nwNABAJdlS. 11^ i JIWT set BOOKS OF m\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00bbx\u00c2\u00ab. U.IAT^, RHX\\nREVISED AND CORRECTED.\\nCniOAGO\\nS. C. GRIGGS k COMPANY\\n1872.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "74870\\nISntered according to Adt of Congress, in the year 1870, by\\ns. c. GRiaes CO.,\\nIn the Clerk s Office of the District Court of the United States for the\\nUorthom District of Illiiioia,", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "c\\nPREFACE\\nTde following exercises are intended, as the title-pago\\nindicates, to prepare the beginner in Greek for the study\\nof Xenophon s Anabasis. While therefore the aim has\\nbeen to furnish a sufficient amount of grammatical knowl-\\nedge, so that the learner may enter successfully, and with-\\nout too sudden a transition, upon the study of a Greek\\nauthor, the fact has not been lost sight of that too many\\ndifficulties are often placed in the path of the learner at\\nthe very outset. I am encouraged to hope that the end\\nhas been attained and, at the same time, that the error of\\ncondensing too much into too limited a period of study\\nhas been avoided. These exercises were written for a class\\nin the preparatory department of this University, and have\\nbeen found, for this class at least, to involve grammatical\\ninformation sufficient for an introductory work nor has\\nthe transition from one exercise to another, or from these\\nexercises to the Anabasis, seemed to be too abrupt.\\nIt will be perceived that the object of this work is not\\nto familiarize the learner with the more difficult rules of\\nsyntax, but with the ordinary inflections of words, such as\\noccur in Attic prose. It is no small attainment when one", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "^HHp preface.\\nhas learned to put together correctly and easily the arti-\\ncle, the adjective, and the substantive and to perceive in-\\nstantly the force, either by the eye or by the ear, of the\\ndifferent cases and numbers, with or without the article\\nand, in the verb, of the different modes, tenses, voices,\\nnumbers, and persons. A judicious use of these exercises\\nwill do much towards the attainment of this end. They\\nare purposely made as simple as possible, that a greater\\nnum])er of forms may be involved, and that repetition a\\ngrand secret in the acquisition of any language may be\\ncarried to as great an extent as practicable. Should any\\nteacher find them too long, they can be abridged by omit-\\nting a few of the sentences in each exercise. It is hoped,\\nhowever, this will not be found necessary. It is but just\\nto say, that in the plan of the work and in the preparation\\nof the separate exercises, many useful hints have been ob-\\ntained from Harkness Introductory Latin Book, a work\\ncombining simplicity and perspicuity with exact scholar-\\nship and practical utility in a very rare degree. Much\\nknowledge, which the learner is supposed to have acquired\\nin the study of that work, is presupposed in this.\\nNo attempt has been made in the following exercises to\\nindicate with exactness the leno-th of the lessons. This\\nmust vary considerably with different classes according to\\ntheir age and capacity and should be left to the good\\njudgment of the teacher. Every experienced teacher\\nknows that nothing is gained, and very much lost, by hur-\\nrying over the rudiments of any study. The great danger,\\nespecially in our country, lies in too great haste rendering", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "PREFACE. V\\nall the acquisitions, both of teacher and of pupil, inaccurate\\nand supei;ficial.\\nThe constant use of blackboards, extensive enough for\\nan entire class, cannot be too strongly recommended.\\nNothing else will secure entire accuracy, particularly in\\nthe accentuation. The practice of writing the inflections,\\nand the Greek sentences in the advance lessons, on the\\nblackboard, and of reciting those in review orally with\\nas much promptness, accuracy, and distinctness as possible\\ni\u00e2\u0080\u0094 is perhaps the best method.\\nThe derivations of Greek words which are not primi-\\ntives, and of English words from the Greek, are occasion-\\nally given yet much in this field has been purj)osely left\\nto the teacher. Much also of this work may better be\\npostponed till a later period in the study as the mastery\\nof the inflections should be the first object, and receive\\nnearly undivided attention.\\nFew directions are given in this work for parsing;\\npartly, because it is supposed the learner has already\\nstudied Latin, and may in Greek adopt the same methods\\nwith which he has already become familiar partly also,\\nbecause the old, humdrum, mechanical system of parsing\\nmay be carried to a very injurious extent. While in many\\nschools it has been entirely neglected, to the ruin of all\\nthorough and exact scholarship, in a few, and those among\\nthe best in the country, it has probably occupied too much\\ntime, at the expense of familiar and varied exercises in the\\nconstruction of phrases and sentences. The more con-\\nstantlv these latter exercises are resorted to, under a skilful", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "VI PREFACE.\\nand wide-awake teacher, who really understands Greek,\\nthe more rapid will be the advancement of the learner^\\nthe greater his interest in the study, and the more accu-\\nrate, critical, and thorough his knowledge.\\nOn reaching the verb, the learner will find his exclusive\\nattention given for some time to this alone, without in-\\nvolving other parts of speech, or any rules of syntax. The\\nauthor believes that if this plan is adopted and faithfully\\ncarried out, it will secure greater familiarity with the forma\\nof the verb than is usually attained, with even less than the\\nusual difficulty. The admirable development of the verb\\nby Professor Hadley, carefully and patiently followed\\nthrough to the end, secures a most perfect mastery of the\\nsubject. For the sake of variety, a few other verbs are\\nintroduced into the exercises besides Xrw, which is not quite\\nperfect as a paradigm, on account of the irregularity in the\\nquantity of the stem (Gr. 420, 3). Although rto) is not\\nused in Attic prose, yet it has been introduced into the fol-\\nlowing exercises, in connection with Xvo)^ on account of\\nthe regularity and simplicity of the forms. The vorb\\nPovX\u00e2\u0082\u00acv(Dj which in its mere forms serves so well as a para\\ndigm, does not present quite so clearly to the mind of tha\\nbeginner the distinction between the active and middle\\nvoices; and hence is not introduced among the earlier\\nexercises on the verb. It is to be regretted that, iii\\nsome works for beginners in Greek, a false, or at least\\nhighly improbable, meaning is assigned to the active voice\\nof this verb. (See Liddell and Scott s Greek Lexicon,\\nPovXevu), III.)", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE. VU\\nIn tlie mode of writing pp (without the breathings), the\\nusage more prevalent in Germany witliin the h\\\\st few\\nyears has been followed. If any teacher prefers, he can\\nrequire his pupils to write pp (with the breathings). Tlie\\nacute accent is preserved before a comma; although the\\nmost recent usage, as seen in the editions of Teubner, seems\\nto favor the depression of the acute accent, when followed\\nby a pause no longer than a comma.\\nThroughout the entire work, the English exercises (to\\nbe turned into Greek) have been so constructed that the\\nlearner will derive essential aid from the Greek sentences\\nimmediately preceding. In this way, questions in respect\\nto arrangement, and many other points, may at once be\\npractically settled.\\nXo previous work of the author s has been offered to\\ntiio ])ublic with such unfeigned diffidence partly, because\\nno two teachers pursue the same method in beginning a\\nlanguage; but chiefly, because some experience has proved\\nthe difficulty of avoiding imperfections and real blunders,\\nwhich are very humiliating.\\nTo those many friends who have so kindly encouraged\\nthe author in the present and in former efforts, sincere\\ntlianks are here offered.\\nJAMES R. BOISE\\nCmvkrsitt of CuiCAOO, June, 1870.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS.\\nPiQfl\\nPreliminary lessons in orthography and euphony 1\\nIxFLKcnoN.\\n1. First Declension A -declension 2\\nExercise I. Fcuainines 2\\nExercise II. Feminines (Continued i 4\\n2. First Declension (Continued). 7\\nExercise III. Masculines 7\\n3. Second Declension (O-dec ension) 9\\nExercise IV. Masculines 9\\n4. Secoxd Declension (Continue l) 11\\nExercise V. Feminine and Neuter ^ouiis 11\\n5. Adjectives of the Vowel -declension 12\\nExercise VI 12\\n6. Second Declension (Continued). Contracts, and Attic\\nSecond Declension 14\\nExercise VII 14\\n7. First and Second Deolknsions. Substantives and Ad-\\njectives 15\\nExercise VIII 15\\n8. First and Second Declensions (Continued) 17\\nExercise IX 17\\n9. TuiRD Declension (Cons. Declension) 18\\nExercise X. Stems ending in a labial or palatal 18\\n10. Third Declension (Continued) 20\\nExercise XI. Steins endin;^ in a lingual. A. Neuter\\nstems 20", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "X CONTENTS.\\nPAGB\\n\u00c2\u00a711. Stems ending in a lingual (Continued). B. Masculine\\nand Feminine Stems 21\\nExercise XII 22\\n12. Third Declension (Continued). Stems ending in a\\nliquid. Syncopated stems in fp 23\\nExercise Xllf 23\\n\u00c2\u00a713. Thied Declension (Continued). Comparative stems in\\nov. Stems ending in s 24\\nExercise XIY 25\\n14. Third Declension (Continued). Stems in i and v. Stems\\nending in a diphthong 26\\nExercise XV 26\\n15. Adjectives of tlie Consonant-declension 28\\nExercise XVI 28\\n16. Adjectives (Continued). Adjectives of two endings.\\nAdjectives of one ending. Irregular Adjectives 30\\nExercise XYII. 30\\n17. Adjectives (Continued). Comparison 32\\nExercise XYIII 83\\n18. Adjectives (Continued). Irregular and defective com-\\nparison 34\\nExercise XIX 34\\n19. Pronouns. Personal and possessive 36\\nExercise XX 36\\n20. Pronouns (Continued). Intensive and demonstrative. 37\\nExercise XXI 38\\n21. Pronouns (Continued), and N umerals. Eelative, inter-\\nrogative, indef. pronouns. Cardinal numbers 40\\nExercise XXII 40\\n22. Miscellaneous Examples 42\\nExercise XXIII 42\\n23. Miscellaneous Examples (Continued) 45\\nExercise XXIY. 45\\ng 24. Yerbs. Yoices, Modes, etc. Accent. Synopsis ofXva\\nin the Active. Elements of the verb 48\\nExercise XXY 48\\n25. Yerbs (Continued). Tense- signs, etc 49", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS. XI\\nPAGK\\nExercise XXVI 49\\n26. Verbs (Contitmed). Inflection ui iiie pics, svsiyui, act. 51\\nExercise XXVII 51\\n27. Verbs (Continued). Inflection of the fut. and 1st aor.\\nlit 5:-;\\nr xxviii r.:^\\n2^. ^Continn,-(lK Fir t nt-rf. sv toiii. ricf 54\\nExercise XXIX r 1\\n29. Verbs (Oontinuedj. Synopsis of ihe mid. and passive\\nvoices. Inflection of the pres. system mid. (pass.). 55\\nExercise XXX 55\\n30. Verbs (Continued). Fut. system, mid. Future perf.\\nand 1st fur. pass. First aor. mid. 57\\nr e XXXI 57\\n\u00c2\u00a731. *.\u00c2\u00bb.\u00c2\u00abo (^Continued*, r^t-f. system, mid. (pass.). First\\naor. pass 58\\nExercise XXXII.. 58\\n\u00c2\u00a732. Verbs (Continued), iiio purlicipkti. 59\\nExercise XXXIII GO\\n33. Verbs (Continued). Second aor. sy^ tcm, act. and mid.\\nSecond perf. system, a\u00c2\u00ab\\nExercise XXXIV 02\\n34. Veiibs (Continued). Second pass, system\\nExercise XXXV 03\\nExercise XXXVI. A general review of the pyuopsis\\nand inflection of the verb t\\n35. Verbs (Continued). Contracts in auj. Aci 05\\nExercise XXXVII 05\\n3C. Verbs (Continued). Contracts in aw. Mid. (pas C6\\nExercise XXXVII 66\\n37. Verbs (Continued;. v.uiura jLs lu tu). Act. G8\\nExercise XXXIX 08\\n38. Verbs (Continued). Contracts in tat. Mid. Tpass.) 69\\nExercise XL. 09\\n\u00c2\u00a739. Verbs (Continued;, v^uuiracis in oo). Act. aim niiLi.\\n(pass.) 70\\nExercise XU 70", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "XU CONTENTS.\\nPAGB\\n40. Yeebs (Continued). Principal parts. Pure verbs Tl\\nExercise XLII 72\\n41. Yerbs (Continued). Principal parts and mode of for-\\nmation. Pure verbs (Continued). Mute verbs 74\\nExercise XLIII 75\\n42. Veebs (Continued). Principal parts. Mute verbs (Con-\\ntinued). Liquid verbs 70\\nExercise XLIY 77\\n43. Yeebs (Continued). Perf. mid. (pass.), and first pass.\\nsystems of reXeco, oreXXo), (j)aLV(o 78\\nExercise XLY 79\\n44. Yeebs (Continued). Perf. mid. (pass.), and first pass.\\nsystems of piTrrco, dXXao-o-o), iXey^co and TTCiSo) 79\\nExercise XLYI 80\\n45. Keflexive pronouns. Eeciprocal pronoun 81\\nExercise XLYII 81\\n46. Yeebs in MI. Act. and Mid. (pa ^s.) of tI^tjul 82\\nExercise XLYIII 83\\n47. Yeebs in MI (Continued), didcofxi, 84\\nExercise XLIX 84\\n48. Yeebs in MI (Continued). Ictttj^h. 85\\nExercise L 85\\n49. Ybkbs in MI (Continued). dcUuvfxi. Aor. act. and mid.\\nof T^rj^jiL 86\\nExercise LI 86\\n50. Yeebs in MI (Continued). Ao*r. act. and mid. of dldcofiL.\\nAor. act. of IdTrjjxt. and of Sua Second perf. system\\nof Ig-ttjixi 88\\nExercise LII 88\\n51. Yeebs in MI (Continued). Principal parts of TiS^/xt, St-\\ndcDjJil^ IcTTTJfJLLj and deLKUVfll 89\\nExercise LIII 89\\n52. The verb trj^i 91\\nExercise LIY 92\\n53. The verb el/jLc 94\\nExercise LY 94\\n54. The verb elui 96", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS. Xm\\nPAOB\\nExorcise LVI 96\\n65. ylyvofiai aud other verbs 99\\nExercise LVII 99\\ng 56. The verbs iccl/iai, ^^\u00c2\u00abi, icdSiy/iai 101\\nExercise LVIII... 102\\n57. SnoKT Sentences fkum iu\u00c2\u00a3 AxABA^iis 103\\nExercise LIX 103\\nExercise LX 105\\nExercise LXI 108\\nExercise LXII.. 110\\nExercise LXIII ..113\\nExercise LXI V .116\\nExercLjeLXV.. 119\\nExercise LX VI 122\\nGek\u00c2\u00a3Ral Vocabclaiu 125\\nEnglish Greek 1 25\\nGreek\u00e2\u0080\u0094 English 131", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "EXPLANATION OF THE PRINCIPAL ABBREVIA\\nTIONS USED IN THIS WORK\\n\u00c2\u00ab^S/W\\\\/^/S/S/VNi^^ VS/^^*V^Ni aA^%A^^A^N^\\nAtt Attic.\\ncf. i Lat. confer compare, see.\\ncogn cognate.\\ncomm common or commonly.\\nconst construction.\\nenclit enclitic.\\nff. and the following.\\nfr.. from.\\nGr Grammar. Hadley.\\nKT6 KOL TO. \u00e2\u0082\u00acT\u00e2\u0082\u00acpa Ct CCtCra.\\nlit literal or literally.\\nobj object.\\nperh perhaps.\\nsc Latin scilicet ^understood.\\nS. Gr Smaller Grammar. Hadley s Elements of\\nthe Greek Language.\\nsubj subject.\\nusu usual or usually.\\nw with.\\nThe remaining abbreviations are thought to be so obvious as\\nto require no explanation.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "PRELIMINARY GRAMMAR LESSONS.\\nNote. Only the coarse print is to be learned at\\nfirst. This should be learned tliorougUi/^ and re-\\nviewed from the beginning with each advance lesson,\\nuntil the learner reaches the Nouns.\\nThe Alphabet, Gr. 5 S. Gr. 3.\\nVowels, Gr. 7 10, inclusive S. Gr. 4.\\nDiphthongs, Gr. II 13, inclusive; S. Gr. 5.\\nBreathings, Gr. 14, 15; S. Gr. G.\\nConsonants, Gr. 16 21, inclusive; S. Gr. 7.\\nS, 9, 10, 11.\\nElision, Gr. 70, 71, 72; 8. Gr. 40, 41, 42.\\nFinal Consonants, Gr. 74 S. Gr. 46, 47.\\nMovable Consonants, Gr. 78, 79 S. Gr. 43.\\nPiore Vowels and Syllables, Gr. 85 S. Gr. 48.\\nQuantity, Gr. 86, 87, 88 S. Gr. 49, 50, 51.\\nAccent, Gr. 89, 91, 93, 94, 95, 100, 101, 103,\\n104, 105, 107, 108, 111 S. Gr. 48, 52, 53, 54,\\n55, 59, 62, 64, 65, 66, 69.\\nPunctuation, Gr. 113; 6. Gr. 70.", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "2 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\nInflection, Gr. 114, 115, 119, 120, 121, 122;\\nS. Gr. 71, 72, 73, 74.\\n1\u00c2\u00ab PiRST Declension (A-declension),\\nGr. 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 130, 131;\\nS. Gr. 75, 76.\\nExercise I. (Feminines.)\\nNote 1. In all the following vocabularies, make\\nthe Greek words with their signifieations perfectly\\nfamiliar. Learn each of the Nouns so as to decline\\nit orally with the proper accent of each form, and\\nalso so as to write it on the blackboard, always\\nwith the appropriate accents in all the forms. Both\\nprocesses are indispensable to perfection in scholar-\\nship. Sections in the Gr. 121, 126, 127, 128, 130,\\n131 S. Gr. 73, a, b 75, a, b 76, a, b, are fre^\\nquently forgotten, and the learner will need to be\\nreminded of them very often.\\nVocabulary.\\nyXcjaaay Attic yXcoway the tongue^ the language\\n(English syllable from it, glot, in polyglot^.\\nTj ri^ sQu^ the day.\\nfj d^vQUy the door (German Thtlr). (Jj).\\nxaL and.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "FIRST DECLENSION. 6\\nf) oiyAa, a;, the house (Eng. syllable oec. in occon-\\nomy).\\n6q(o^ I see.\\nt) Ox/a, the shadow.\\n7) z^oQcz, the land, the country.\\nNote 2. The teacher should sometimes give\\nthe Greek words, and sometimes the English, in the\\nvocabularies requiring the learner to give promptly\\nthe corresponding Enghsh or Greek definition.\\nNote 3. The Greek language has only the de-\\nfinite article, o, to, which, in all genders, num-\\nbers, and cases, is rendered the. A noun without\\nthe article is indefinite, and, if in the snigular, is\\noften rendered into Enghsh by the indefinite article\\na ov an. E. g. xf^vQUy a door iJlqu, the door.\\nNote 4. ^The Greek genitive case, like the\\nLatin, may be rendered into English by the preposi-\\ntion of; the dative, by to or for.\\nSee also Gr. 544, 558, and 498 (the fine print)\\nS. Gr. 390, 402, 352 (fine print).\\nPronounce the Greek; translate; and tell whert\\nen nil form is made.\\n1. XcoQCiZ. Tt]4 /co(J(jC^. 2. rXcorrrj^. t}]2, yAcor^\\nTfjg. S. X(o()cc. Tj^/cooa. 4. rXcoTTji. rf^ yXcoTTt}.\\n5. Xcofjcov. rdiv /coQcov. G. J^Xcottcjv. rdiv yXcor-\\nToiv. 7 Oi}{iu^. rij^ oixiu2. 8. Oixiav oqco.\\nriiv oixiav OQCO. 9. Ta; dvQU^ xai rag oixiag", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "4 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n6()c5. 10. Ol;^iccg (Gr. 558; S. Gr. 402) uqcc.\\n11. Tijg oi^ciag ttjv vQav oqcj. 12. Tciv oI^clojv\\nrag -d^vqag oqco.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. I see a shadow. I see the shadow. 2. 1\\nsee a shadow of a door. I see the shadow of the\\ndoor. 3. I see houses. I see the houses. 4. ^4see\\na door of a house. I see a door of the house. 5. I\\nsee a shadow of the house. I see the shadow of a\\nhouse. 6. I see the doors of the houses. 7. The\\nlanguage of the country. The languages of the\\ncountries. 8. I see the house, and the door, and\\nthe shadow. 9. Of a day. Of the day. 10. Of\\ndays. Of the days. 11. To or for the day. To\\nor for the language. 12. To or for the days. To\\nor for the languages.\\nExercise II. (Femmines continued.)\\nVocahulary.\\nrj ajua^cCy t/ie %oagon.\\nT] dca rj?fri^ the testament\\nsr, preposition with the dat. only, in, among.\\nOaXaOOa^ Attic aXaTTa, the sea.\\nXaaiva^ the lioness.\\nr) /Ltd^rj^ the battle.\\ni] Movaaj the Muse.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "FIRST DECLENSION. C\\nDeclension of afic(^a.\\nThe learner (and teacher as well) should note\\nwith the utmost care the chancres in accentuation of\\nthis noun, and of all proparoxy tones of this declen-\\nsion as O^dXuTTcc and kbcciva.\\nSing. Noni. aucclu (Gr. 130; S. Gr. 75, b).\\nGen. ^nuiu; (Gr. 12G; 93,b; S. Gr.\\n76, a; 5t,b).\\nDat. ccuut]^.\\nAce. lifialuv (Gr. 131, 1:20; S. Gn\\n75, b; 73).\\nDual. N. A. V. ujiiu^a (Gr. 131 S. Gr. 75, b).\\nG. D. ciud^(en\\\\\\nPlur. N. uua^ac (Gr. 95, a; S. Gr. 55).\\nG. (iiuci(oy (Gr. ^2S S. Gr. 7fi, b).\\nD. UJt/U^CCl^.\\nA. ccfid^a; (Gr. 1? 1 S. Gr 75. b).\\nObs. Gr. 95, a; :5. Ur. 55, does not apply to\\nfu and oi when followed by a consonant in the same\\nsyllable. They are not then final ilence dau\\nScccvy d/jci^ai^ (not dfiuiacVy ccfi(4^uc^\\\\\\nN. B. ^\\\\Tien a substantive with the article has\\nanother substantive depending on it in the genitive,\\nthree different forms of expression are admissible\\ne. g. the door of the homey t) rij^ oiyf/ag \\\\}vQay or", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "6 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n7) dvQa 7) rfjg ol^lag^ or d^vqa rrjg oi?ciag. In the\\nlast form, the gen. may also stand first, rtjg oixiag\\nrid^vqa, Gr. 531 (fine print) S. Gr. 380, c.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate; and tell where\\neach form is made.\\n1. At Tojv ol?acov ^vQac. 2. IJ yXojTTa f] rcov\\nJM0V6COV. 3. ^H /ua^rj TCjv Xeacvcov. 4. ^Ev rfj\\nTcov Xaacvcov /ua/ji. 5. ^Ev rfj dca rj^rj, 6. T/)p\\nTcov Xtatvcov f.(a^rjv oqcj, 7. Ev ralg d/Lia^aig.\\n8. Ev rfj jfaXarrr]. 9. Tijg rjjusQccg. rrjg ^aXav-\\nrrjg. 10. Ti^g olxlag. rrjg d/nd^rjg, 11. TfiriubQa,\\nrfj djLia^rj. 12. T7)v d^a^av oqco. rdg df^ia^ccg\\nOQG).\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. I see the houses and the doors. 2. I see the\\ndoors of the houses. 3. To or for the doors of the\\nhouse (arrange in three ways^ according to the forms\\nalidm given under N.B.^. 4. In the country. In\\nthe house. 5. In the houses of the country. 6. In\\nthe testament. In the testaments. 7. In a battle.\\nIn the battle. 8. In battles. In the battles. 9. In\\nthe battles of the Muses {arrange in three icays)\\n10. In the shadow of the house. /TlT In the shadow\\nof the door {arrange 10 and 11 in three icays).\\n12. Of wagons. Of the wagons. 13. I see wagons,\\nI see the wagons. 14. In the sea. Of the sea\\n15. Among lionesses. I see the lionesses.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "FIRST DECLENSION.\\n2. First Declension (Continued).\\nMascaline Nouns Gr. 133, 134, 135 S. Gr. 77.\\nExercise 111.\\nVocahulary.\\n6 8i(hTorri;, ov, the master (Eng. despot).\\n6 ^Qtri];, ov, the judge (Eng. syllable crit- in critic,\\netc.).\\n6 vtavia^j ov^ the young man.\\noixco, I live y I dwell.\\n6 d:i)urf];j ouy the heamj-anned soldier, the hoplite.\\n6 zioliri];, ov, the citizen (^g. pditic, political,\\netc.).\\nr 6xt]vliy the tent (Eng. scene),\\n6 OTQccTuornZy ov, the soldier (Eng. syllable ^//-/zMn\\nstrategy y etc.).\\no Tccuia^j ovy the steward.\\nxoLvr]; is declined as follo\\\\xs:\\nSing. Dual. Phir.\\nXQLTt lZ TCQLTa ^QLTUL\\nXQtVOV XQCTUlv y.QiVCOV\\nxQtxri xQLTalg\\nxQcrip XQira^\\nxntrd XQLTCCC", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "8 FIR^TJGEEEK BOOK. Vcs.\\nPronounce the Greek trar^lo^e into English and\\nparse.\\n1. ^Ev rfi ol?cia rov ^qctov oi^co. 2. Tag rciv\\nCTQaTLCOTCov 6?crjvag oqco. 3. Tovg o^iXlrag oqco.\\n4. Ev ralg oxrivalg ralg tcov tvoXctcjv oIxcj.\\n5. Tov ra/ulav OQCj. 6. H tov dta7t(! TOV a/ua^a.\\n7. ^H dcai^r]xi] rj tov dtOTiOTOV. 8. ^Ev tjj tcov\\n6:iXcT(^v fiazrj. (^9. Trjv a/ua^av tov vtaviov oqgj.\\n10. Tcov OTQarccoTcov Tag ccfcd^ag oqoj, 11. Er\\nTfl TOV OTQaVLCOTOV 6XY]Vr]. 12. Ta TtoXlTT]. T^\\nTaf.ua. Tolg noXlracg, Tolg Ta/ulacg. 13. Tolg\\nxQiralg. Tovg xQcra^^ xa\\\\ Tovg noydxag^ koX Tovg\\ndbOTvorag oqco.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. In the wagon of the soldier {arrange in three\\nwap). 2. In the wagons of the soldiers. 3. I\\nlive in the house of the judge. 4. The testament\\nof the young man. 5. I see the steward and the\\njudge in the tent (order of the Greek words In the\\ntent, the steward and the judge, I see). 6. To or\\nfor the judge. To or for the judges. 7. I see the\\njudge. I see the judges. 8. To or for the citizen.\\nTo or for the citizens. 9. I see the citizen. I see\\nthe citizens. 10. I see the judge. I see the judges,\\n11. To or for the steward. To or for the young\\nman. 12. I see the master in the shadow of the", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "-^y^^\\nSECOND DECLENSION. 9\\nhouse. 13. I live in the tec[te- Of tlie soldiers. 14.\\nI see the soldiers and the tents. 15. I see the\\nmasters and the houses.\\n3.\\\\^EC0ND Declension (0-l)eciension).\\nGr. 138; S. Gr. 78, 80. J\\nExercise IV. (jMascuhne Nouns.)\\nVocabulary.\\nav ()co:io^y (D\\\\^5^ l^ic man. Lat. homo,\\n/3io;y ovy 6y the life (Eng. hio- in biof/raphi/y etc.).\\nti:; (Gr. 103, b S. Gr. 04, b), prep. w. ace. only,\\ninto^ into the midst of,\\n8Vy prep. w. dat. only, in^ in the midst of anion//.\\ni6g, ov, 6 (Gr. 141 S. Gr. 80, b), the god (Eug.\\nthco- in theolofjy, theocracy^ etc.).\\n^ivSvro^, ovy 6y the danger.\\nvoLio^j ovy Oj the laWy the order (Eng. -nowy in\\nastronomy y economy^ etc.).\\nrroyog^ ov^ 6, the labor.\\n7ioTafi6;, ov, 6 (N. B.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Gr. 121 S. Gr. 73, a, b),\\nthe river.\\nCTQccvrr/nz^ oif, o, the general (Yn^. strategy^ etc.).", "height": "4433", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "10 FIRST GKEEK BOOK.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate into Bnglish^ and\\nparse.\\n1. ^O /?/o^ Tov S^aov. 2. Ev rfj o^rjvfj top\\nOTQavrp/ov Hol tov OTQaTccovrjv 6q(d. 3. O tov\\nOTQavrjyov novog, 4. Ev Tolg OvQaTccovacq xccl\\nev Tolg 6TQaTriyoTg. 5. Eig Tovg OvQaTccoTCxg xai\\nsig Tovg OTQaTTjyovg. 6. *^0 Trjg /Lidx^ig vo/uog.\\n7. TCOV aCOV Ol VOjJiOL. 8. TCJV dv QCOJTCOV Tccg\\noixiag 6qc5. 9. Ep jaig tcov Cvqarriycov 6xr]vaig\\noixoo. 10. ^E.v Tolg kLvdvvotg olxco. 11. ^Ev ToTg\\n6TQaTr]yolg, tig TOvg OTqaTriyovg. 12. ^Ev tco\\n7iOTcc/Li(S. eig tov Troia/iiovo\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. In the tent of the general. 2. Into the tents\\nof the generals. 3. The life of the gods {arrange\\nin as many ways as possible). 4. Among the rivers.\\nI see the rivers. 5. Into the midst of the labors of\\nthe men. v6. In the midst of the labors of the men.\\n7. The laws of the gods. 8. In the danger. Into\\nthe danger. 9. In the dangers of the battle. Into\\nthe dangers of the battle. 10. I see the heavy-arm-\\ned men and the generals. 11. I see the men and\\nthe judges, 12. Among the men and the judges.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "SECOND DECLENSION. 11\\n4. Second Declension (Continued).\\nFeminine and Neuter Nouns.\\nGr. 13S; S. Gr, 80.\\nExercise V.\\nVocabulary.\\n7) cifint/M^y the vine.\\nTO do)Qoy, the (/if I,\\nijntigog, tn smain/and.\\nr/ vr]r)og (Eng. nesia in Polynesia, etc.), the is/and.\\nd(V):, the xcay, the road, the street.\\nTO :TtSioy^ the^Aain.\\nTiXotoyy -^Ny^^*^ tke^hoat.\\nTO\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. Ev r/J 6(^cp. 2. V^r Tcct^ 680U. 3. Fig rijv\\nodor. 4. Eig rug 6doi /g. 5. ^Ey Taig Tijg xhcXar-\\nTfjg vt]6otg. 6. Tug viioovg ^ul Ttjv ijTttcQOv oqco.\\n7. ^Ey TO) Ttird/co oiyfco. 8. 7 u :vXoiu ru tcop\\nOtquticotcov. 9. 01 :iOTUuol ay tco TttStO), 10.\\nTug ufintXoi g 6q:o. 11. Tu tcov {hcov daigu.\\n12* ^Ey To7g nlo iocg.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. Of the street. In the street. Into tlie street.\\n2. In the streets. Amon^: the vines. 3. I see", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "12 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nthe vine. I see the vines. 4. In the island. In\\nthe islands. 5. Of the island. Of the vine 6. I\\nsee the island. I see the islands. 7. The gifts of\\nthe general. 8. In the boat. Into the boat. 9. In\\nthe boats. Into the boats. 10. I see the generals\\nand the soldiers. 11. Among the soldiers, and\\namong the generals. 12. I see the soldier and the\\ncitizen. 13. I see the boats in the river. 14. 1\\nsee the streets in the plain.\\n5. Adjectives of the Vow^l-Declension.\\nGr. 207; 207, Rem. a and b; S. Gr. 115;\\n115, a and b.\\nExercise VI.\\nVocahidary,\\nayad^oc^y dyai}f], clya ov^ gooJ.\\n?ca^:6^, xaxr]j huxov^ had.\\n^alo^, xaJj]^ xaXov (Eng. Teal- in hcdeldoscojje^\\netc.\\\\ heautifal, honorable.\\n/Lia^^QO^y /LiaxQcCy /LiaxQOVy long,\\nfiLXQo^^ /j^LXQa^ /lu?cq6v (Eng. mic- in microscope,\\netc.\\\\ small,\\ncvvy prep. w. the dat. only (Eng. syn- and sym- in\\nsynagogue^ symmetry^ etc.), withy in company\\n7vith.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "SECOND DECLENSION. 13\\n(fiXcoZy (puiuy (fiXcovy frieudlf/.\\nRiile of Syntax, Gr. 493 S. Gr. 352.\\nTranslate info Englislt.\\n1. 0 dyad 6^ drO^QCoiog. 2. Tov ayaOov\\ndvOqco-xov, 3. Tor dyaOov dv Q(o:iov oqco. 4.\\n^vv Tco dyaOcp dr {)co:i(o. 5. ^vv xa^oi dvOQCo^\\nnoL^. 0. ^uv Tol^ ;fccxo}^ drOQCo.ioi^, 7. Ev\\nyfuhj oixia, tv r// xcOSi oixiu. S. Ep rij fa^od\\noix/cc. 9. ^/f fia^cna 686^. rij; fia?cnd^ o()ov,\\n10. cftXicc y^conu. iv r/} cfiXui /J0()a, 1^ To\\n^uXov Scoooi^, 12. *0 dyaih)^ ^Qcvfj^, ruu y(C\\nOou ^oiToC. 13. 01 dyaOol ^(jttui. 14. Tou^\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. The good general. The good soldier. 2. I\\nsee the good general. I see the good judge. 3.\\nWith the bad general. With the bad judge.\\n4. AVith the friendly generals. With the friendly\\njudges. 5. In the beautiful house. In the long\\nroad. G. In the small houses. In the long roads.\\n7. The beautiful plain. In the beautiful plain,\\n8. With the friendly and good citizen. 9. I sec\\nthe friendly and good citizen. 10. I see the friendly\\nand good citizens. 11. Among the beautiful vines.\\n12. In the small island. Among the small islands.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0080\u0094-fn\\n14 FIRST GREEK fiOOK,\\n6. Second Declension (Continued).\\nContract Nouns and Attic Second JDeclensioh.\\nGr. 32; 36, a; 98; 144; 145, a and b; 146;\\n149; S. Gr. 17; 18; 23, a; 59; 81;81,aandb;\\n82.\\nExercise VII.\\nf .11\\nVocahulary.\\nexy before a vowel et^ prep. w. gen. only, out of from.\\n6 XtcoQy K ^y^K^ ,j/K ^^K yi^^^ people /Q\\no vtcogy ^^^^.-.^^^^^Ni^^ tempi e./o)\\n6 (roog) vovg^ t/ie mind./Q\\nTO (ooraov) SarovVy t/ie bone./^\\n6 {tzXoo^ TiXovg, the sailing, the voyage.^^c)\\n6 (^Qoog^ Qovg, the stream, the cur?^ent./c)\\nTranslate into JEnglish.\\n1. ^0 VOVg TOV XQITOV. 2. TOV TTOTa/LlOV TOP\\nQovv OQco, 3. Ta rf^g Ataivr]; ootcc. 4. Tec tcop\\nOTQavccoTCov 06 rd ev rco Titdicp oqcj, 5. 01 rcov\\nvtavicov nlol. 6. ^TLx rov vtco tig rrjv oixiav.\\n7. Et, olxiag tig vtcov. 8. Tov vov. rov vtco\\n9. Tcj red, TCJ vtco. 10. Tov nXoif. rov dorov. rov\\nI L t I\\nXtco, 11. Tcov vtcov. Tcov TtXcov. 12. *Ev roTg\\nvtcpg, tig rovg vtcog. 13. ^Ev rjj odcp rov Xtcov oqco.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": ";SECOND DECLENSION. 15\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. In the current of the river. 2. Into the\\ncurrent of the river. 3. Among the currents of the\\nrivers. 4. Into the currents of the rivers. 5. Oul\\nof the boat into the current. 6. In the voyage of\\nthe good judge. 7. I see the door of the beautifuJ\\ntemple. 8. Of the good and honorable people.\\n9. In company with the people. 10. The mind of\\nthe people. 11. The gilts of the people. 12. I\\nsee the bones of the soldier in the street. 1 3. With\\nthe people. In the temple. 14. In the beautiful\\ntemples of the gods\\n7. TiRST AND Second Declensions (Continued).\\nSuhalantives and Adjectives,\\nGr. 208, 209 3G, a 145, c S. Gr. IIC, 117\\n23, a; 81, c.\\nExeucisd VIII.\\nVocahulary.\\naQ-yviJO^y gen. ccoyvQOVy the silver.\\n(}()yv(Jov^y d()yv(}u, df^)yi/(jovyy of silver^ silver\\n(as adj.).\\nijOVy^o^^ riov/ovy quiet.\\niXtco^y D.tcovy propitious.", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "16 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n}caQ:io(p6uo(;^ xaqnocpoQov^ fruit-h earing, fertile\\n6 xQvGo^^ gen. /^QvGoiiy t/ie gold\\nZQ^c^ovg^ XQvoii^ /^qvoovVy of gold, golden.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. ^Er ral^ XQ^^^^^^ ooolg. 2 ^Ev rfi aqyvqa\\noixia. 3. Ev rfj ZQ^^^fl (^/^^^Sf]- 4. Ttjv XQ^Or^v\\na/L(a^av oqco. 5. Tug x^^^^^^ odovg oqc^. 6. Top\\n?iccKov VQvOov ooco. 7. Toi^ TOu y.axoi) 8tO:i6TOv\\nanyifQOv oqco. 8. ff rjavxog olxia. 9. Ey rrj\\n^jovxV ^l^^^* 10. Olxcb 8v rjovxcp X^^Q^^ H*\\nlAtcog Stag, 12. ^vi^ Tco lAtcp z^tcp. 13. Tt]g\\nxaQTiocpOQOv x^^Qc^^ 14. Ev rfi xaQ7Tog:o()cp x^oqa.\\n15. Tor XQ^^o^^ oqco.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\nIn tlie golden temple. 2. In the golden tem-\\nples. 3, I see the doors of the golden temple.\\n4. In company with the propitious gods. 5. In\\nthe temples of the propitious gods. 6. In a fertile\\nland. In the fertile land. 7. In the golden houses.\\n8. I see the people in the silver stream. 9, The\\nmind of the people, 10. Out of the temple. Into\\nthe temple, 1 1 Out of the tent. Out of the quiet\\ntent, 12. In the quiet tents. Into the quiet tents.\\n13. In the quiet temples of the propitious gods*", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "SECOND DECLENSION. 17\\nFirst and Second Declensions (Continuedj)^\\nExercise IX.\\nVocabulary,\\nu tidtXcpo^y gen. ddtXcpov (Eng. adeljjU-^, the brother.\\ndnytj, gen. ccq/i)^ (J^ng. arch- in architect, etc.),\\nthe beainniny, the government.\\nn y h gen. yfj^ (Eng. ge- in geograjjhij, geometry,\\netc.), /\u00c2\u00ab//rf (in distinction from the sea).\\nh:ii/3ov).iiy gen. t:ii/3ov)Si;, the plot.\\nTO tfjyory gen. t()yofj (Eng. ^;y- in energy, etc.), M^\\no fhararo^y gen. OardroVy the death.\\n6 irrrzo^y gen. ij.Tov (Eng. in Philip hippo-\\nin hippopotamus, etc.), horse.\\n6 /.iioO^oZy gen. jucoO^oi), the pay, the wages,\\no 6(p cc),uo^^ gen. offOaXjiwi^/y the eye.\\n6 noXbf,iLOZ^ gen. TcoXb/iiiov (Eng. polem- in\\nlemics, etc.), ^;?^wy (in war).\\n:toXb/Ltto^, TtoXtjuia, no7.bf.icov^ hostile.\\n6 TioXtfio;^ gen. noXauov^ the tear.\\n6 OTb(favoZy gen. artffuvovy the croicn.\\n7j TQocp)], gen. TQOcfSjZj the nourishment, the support.\\n6 (filoZy gen. (fikov, the friend.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. r65i^ OTQaruoTCov fXiO o^. 2. 7\\\\ y/-\\nXov:; x(u Tov; zioXtfiiov:; rov vtaviov ooco. 3. ^Ex", "height": "4403", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "18 riUST GREEK BOOK.\\nrrJQ TvoAefuaQ tig rrjv (pLllav /^coqav. 4. ^Ev rfj\\noixla Tov dStXcfOV. 5. Tov /qv66v OTtcprxvov.\\n6. 01 TOV i7i:i;ov 6q) aXfxoL 7. O tov Ovqazico-\\nTOV ^dvarog, 8. Td tov cpiXov tqya, 9. *^i?\\ndya r) dg/r] tov OTQaTrjyov. 10. Ttjv yrjv xcti\\nTrjv aXaTTUV oqco. 11. At tcov 7io).t/uicov aTTi-\\n^ovXaL 12. Tcov Otquticotcov rj TQOcpr].\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. The works of the friends and of the enemies.\\n2. Jn the hostile country. 3. The small pay of the\\ngood judges. 4. I see the golden crowns. 5. The\\ndeath of the brothers. 6. I see the horses and the\\nwagon. 7. I see the eyes of the lioness. 8. The\\ngovernment of the bad master. 9. Of the small\\nland. 10. Of the plots. Of the nourishment.\\n9. Third Declension (Cons. Decl.).\\nGr. 151, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 160, 163;\\nS. Gr. 84, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 92, 95.\\nStems ending in a labial or a palatal.\\nNotice the quantity of the vowels in the case-\\nendings. Gr. 154; S. Gr, 86.\\nExercise X.\\nVocahulary.\\n6 Ogd^, gen. Ona^^o^. the Tliracian,", "height": "4373", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "r\\nTQ*RD DECLENSION. 19\\n^NJ^.9(;4^ gen. Tgr;;6; (Gr. 66, a; S. Gr. 37, c), t/ie\\nhair.\\no o}Qai, gen. d^coQccxo;, the breast-plate.\\n4J. 6 xt jQvi or (^i^^, gen. xtiQvxo;, the herald.\\nS^QO, prep. w. the gen. only, before, in front of.\\naal^tiyS, gen od?.:Tr/ro;, the trimjjet.\\n7) cpdluyl, gen. ^dlayya, the phalanx, the line of\\nbattle.\\np ,fvlai, gen. cpvldxo;, the loatchman, the guard.\\nN\u00c2\u00abTE. i is \u00c2\u00a9ften used in the plur. when we\\nshould use the sing. and hence, cd TQizt; may be\\ntranslated thehair.^ S\u00c2\u00bb the German die Ilaare, and\\nthe French ^^i^\u00c2\u00ab^4^^^5^^5W^ii are translated int\u00c2\u00ab\\nEnglish Ijy^ie singular. X\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. ITqu Tt)iJ vkb) Tou; (pvluy.ai oqm. 2. IJqv\\ntFj; (pdlayy\u00c2\u00bb; tov avQurriybv 6q 3. Al r^\\nU:tQV TQi/Ji. 4. Ev rfi T9C dyuOoy OQaxk\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2l?ila. 5. T6vi cfiliovi xh()v; ai OQOil^. Tov^\\n/Qvaoiiv d-oioaka tov 6i:7Jtoi ooa. 7. Ev rfi\\ndh ray (fvhc^u 6qc5. 8. Ma?fQ^cv (fdlayyu\\noo cZ. rii^ fzaxQch cfcT^ya oQoy. 9. Tijv ZQvar,v\\nToi/a TOV \u00e2\u0096\u00a0t%ov OQCo. 10. Tdi Tcov 0Qax(5v\\n(fdkayyag oqm.", "height": "4613", "width": "2743", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "v^v^\\n20\\n;ST GREEK BD0K.\\n(^Sn Translate into Greek. /CZ)\\n1. I see the friendly guards before the house.\\n2. Of the silver trumpet. 3. I see the golden\\nbreast-plate s of the Thracians. 4. In fi^ont of the\\nlong phalanx. 5. I see the friendly heralds before\\nthe phalanx of the Thracians. 6j I see the beautiful\\nhair of the horse. 7. I see the hophtes and the\\nheralds in the plahi,\\n7 [II\\n10. Third Declension (Continued).\\nS/e??is ending in a Lingual Mute. A. Neuter Stems.\\nGr. 165, 166, 167, 16S 47, 155; S. Gr. 29,\\n87, 96.\\nExercise XI.\\nVocahularg.\\nTO ydXa^ gen. yaXa^vo^ (Eng. galaxy) the nulk.\\n^SQUTO^ or x8Q0)^y the horn.\\n/iisXcTO^y the honey.\\novo/Liaro^y the 7iame.\\n:iQayf.iccTO^y the deed, the affair.\\nOTOfxaro;^ the mouth.\\naco/LiaTOQ, the body.\\nvduTog (Eng. hydro- in hydrosta*\\ntics, etc.), the water.\\nTO (pQbaQy gen. cfQbaTOZ^ the icell.\\nTO X8Qa^^\\nTO /LteXcy\\nTO OVOjLia^\\nTO TtQccyjua^\\nTO 6ro/Lia,\\nTO OOJ/Liay\\nCI\\nTO VO^\\nCOQ,\\nV", "height": "4373", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "TiJlRD DECLENSION. 21\\nTO cf(x)2y gen. (fcoro^ {Yt\\\\^. pliot-\\\\Xi 2^^^^f^P ^I^^^y^^^\\nthe llrjht.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. ToiJ xaXoif ocofiavoz. 2. JLv no /nvoc^\\ni)coaa cc to ?faX6v Ocoficc roif OroaTicorov oqco.\\n3. Tec yninxi ybQarc. rcov uQyvQCov xtQurcoi\\n4. To ^akov otOLiii. El rco rij; Xtair)j^ Oro/LiaTC.\\n5. To uyaOov bvo/ja, G. Tov {)ovi yaXa^ixoz\\n?c(u /Lib/uTO^ OQoi. 7. Toif ?fa7jnj cfcoro^, 8. Tu\\nTlQUyflUTU T(x)V XfjQV^^COV. 9. To XCcXoV vScOQ\\nToO nOTf^ iif^^^i (^nfT) 10. Tn /\\\\,v\u00c2\u00bb rO) (fObaXL\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. Of the beautiful bodies. I see the beautiful\\nbodies. 2. The golden horn. Of the silver horn.\\n3. I see the honey in the mouth of the Thracian.\\n4. The names of the heralds. 5. The milk and\\nhoney. 6. The stream of milk and honey. 7. I\\nsee the beautiful lidit. 8. In the silver light.\\n9. The water of the well. 10. The affairs of the\\nThracians.\\n\u00c2\u00a711. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute (Continued).\\nB. Masculine and Feminine Stems,\\nGr. 169, 171 S. Gr. 97 97, a. For the dat.\\nplur. Gr. 47, 48, 49, 50, 31 S. Gr. 29, 30 30, a,\\n16.", "height": "4613", "width": "2743", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "22 first greek book.\\nExercise XIL\\nVocabulary.\\n6 ccQ^covy gen. ccQxovTOQy the ruler, tJte commander.\\n6 ysQcoVy yeQOVTO^y the old 7nan.\\nrj eXTvlg^ aXTtidog, the hope.\\nij tQcQy t()idogy the strife.\\n6 XScoy^ XbovTogy the lion.\\n^j ^^^^5 vv^rog, the night.\\n6 ovrioQvig^ gen. oQvc og (Eng. ornitho- in ornitho*\\nlogy), the bird.\\n6 (ptvycovy gen. cfJtvyovTog^ the fugitive, the exile.\\nri xcxQig^ /jxQLTog (Eng. charity), the grace,\\nthe favor.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. Al TGJV x)^tcov tQidtg. 2. TfiV tcov dv^Qco-\\nTtcov hQLV OQco. 3. Al Tov vtaviov aX:i:idtg\u00c2\u00bb 4. Tovg\\nxaTioi/g oQvc ag oqco, 5. Tu tojv ytQOvvcjv Tigdy-\\n/uarcc. 6. ^Ev rfj tcov ccq^ovicov a^t^vf]. 7. 0\\nTcop cptifyovTCov Tiorog. 8. Tov Keovva ^ai rtjv\\nkizccivav OQCO. 9. At TOV dyaO^ov ^qltov /cjcQiTtg.\\n10. llvv^ xdl T] Ti/LibQcc. 11. ^H /LiaxQa vv^.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. Of the strifes. I see the strifes. 2. Of the\\nbirds. The tongue of the bird. 3. The hopes of the\\nold men. 4. I see the shadow of the nio-ht. 5. The", "height": "4373", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "TUIRD DECLENSION. 23\\nfavors of the good commanders. 6. Of the exiles.\\nTo or for the exiles. 7. 1 see the exiles in the street.\\n8. To or for the commanders. To or for the com-\\nmander. 9. I see the commander. I see the com-\\nmanders of the heavy-armed men. 10. I see the\\ncommanders and the exiles.\\n12. Third Declension (Continued).\\nStems endinrj in a LiqnUL Gr. 172 S. Gr.\\n98. S^jicojjuted stems in tQ. Gr. 173; S. Gr. 99.\\n{The accentuation of these latter nouns rcqiiires very\\ncareful attention^.\\nExercise XIII.\\nVocabulary.\\n6 ccvtiQy^ gen. cirdoog, the man (Latin vir^.\\n6 {yi iQy ^HQo^y the tcild beast.\\nij OvyccTiiQy dvyavQOZy the daughter.\\n6 /LiriVy fup O^y the month.\\njLirjTtjQy /iDjTQo^^ the mother.\\n6 TcctTfiQ, TiarQo;, the father.\\nTiti co^ a trans, verb, I persuade.\\n6 :iociu/jVy gen. i;oLUbvo^y the shepherd.\\n6 qnrcoQ, Q/iTOQog (Eng. rhetoric, etc.), the\\norator.\\nv:j6() (Eng. hyftr^y prep. w. the gen., above, in be-\\nhalf of for the sake of.\\nX", "height": "4613", "width": "2743", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "24 FinST GREEK BOOK.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. Ev TCp Tiedicp TOi/g Tvorjidvag oqco. 2. Toi/z\\n^f^TOQag ^iulrovg ocQ^ovrag Tcti co. 3. Tr]Z }^(tlii4\\nf.u]TQ0Z TTjv ^a)Jjv SuyccTtQU Titl co. 4. Tovg\\ndyaid^ovQ Tvarsga:; xai rag dya ag [Ai^rtQa^;\\nTttid-co. 5. Tovg y.axovz dv8Qag sv rrj tov qrjro-\\n()og oixia oq^, 6. O /Lirjvog fica og. 7. 01\\nf^iTjvtgy Tcov ftrjvcjv. 8. ^Ytisq tcov nareQcov xai\\nTcjv /Lij]T8Q0)v. 9. Ttjv TCOV dya cov xat ^a kcov\\nTioXcTCov /jTjvaga ntixfco, 10. Tovg -d^riQag ev rfj\\ny(yvy^cp ^copa OQco. 11. JEvv Tcp TarQl ri jz ^a)J]g\\nvyaTQ6;.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. In company with the good fathers of the\\nbeautiful daughters. 2. I persuade the mother of\\nthe good man. 3. In company with the orators\\nand the shepherds. 4. Of the month. Of the\\nmonths. 5. The small pay of the month. 6. In\\ncompany with bad men. 7. In behalf of the father,\\nand the mother, and the daughter. 8. In company\\nwith the wild-beasts. I see the wild-beasts. 9. I\\nsee the good man. 10. The deeds of the good man.\\n11. I persuade the daughters of the shepherd.\\n13. Third Declension (Cgntinued).\\nComparative Stems m or. Gr. 174, 175; S. Gr.\\n100.", "height": "4373", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "TDIRD DECLENSION. 25\\nStems ending in g. A. Stems in ^g. Gr. 176\\n5. Gr. 101. B. Stems in ag, o;, cog. Gr. 181 S.\\nGr. 102.\\nExercise XIV.\\nEules of Syntax, Gr. 585, 586; S. Gr. 425, 452.\\nFocabulary.\\n^ty.TuoVy /3bXrcoVy better.\\ntioi{v), (Gr. 78, a. b. 79, b., (a.) 105, c. 107,\\n108 S. Gr. 43, 65, c. 66, 69, a.), thef/ are.\\ne6ii(^v)y he, she, or it is.\\nTO tv()ogy gen. aij()Ovg, the widt/ty the breadth.\\nconj., after a comparative, than.\\n6 tjQcogy gen. ijocoog^ the hero.\\nTO ?ca/.Xog, gen. xaXXovg^ the beauty.\\nuhi^covy /iitt^ovy larger, greater.\\nTO /LiFjxo;^ gen. /j.t]y\u00e2\u0082\u00acovgy the length.\\nTO Thl/og, Tbi/ovg, the ivalL\\nTO vipog^ vifjovg, the height.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1 Tov ccdtXcfOv uti^cov sOriv. 2. Tojv di%?.\\nifoji- iJblTiovbg tloLv. (Translate the article in these\\nand similar connections, as a possessive pron. 1. his\\nbrother; 2. their brothers. Gr. 527, d. S. Gr.\\n377, d.). 3. Oi OToariojiuL to)V ccQ/ovrojv /StX-\\nriovg tloiv. 4. To tvQog tov Tti/ovg ixtlQov\\ntC)TLv 7] TO vifjog. 5. Tovg rjocoag iv Trj f-ta/Yi oqco.\\n6. To T(ov TbL/o-)v /urj;{og. 7. TLoXefj^iog aorc tov", "height": "4613", "width": "2743", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "26 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nnavQog. 8. O rjQOJC; TtoXc-ficog aOrc rcov xa^cov\\n(fvXa^tcov. 9, ^i}.og sOrl rov aya^ov TiOL/navog.\\n10. To Tcov OQvi cov xaXXog.\\nTranslate into GreeJc.\\n1. The daughter is larger than her mother.\\n2. The soldier is better than his general. 3. The\\nheight of the wall is. greater than its width. 4. The\\nyoung men are better than the old men. 5. I see\\nthe long walls. 6. The height of the long walls is\\ngreater than their width. 7. In company with bet-\\nter men. 8. The beauty of the larger birds. 9.\\nThe mother is beautiful.\\n14. Third Declension (Continued).\\nStems in c andv (simjple close vowels^. Gr. 185\\nS. Gr. 103.\\nSterns ending in a Di^ldliong. Gr. 189 S. Gr.\\n104.\\nRead carefully Gr. 186, 190; S. Gr. 103, a.;\\n104, a.\\nExercise XV.\\nVocalulary.\\n6 /3aacXtvgy gen. /SaacXacogy the king.\\n6 or rj /Sovgy /^oog, the ox, or tlie cow.\\nYi hvvautgy dvva^tcogy the power tlie force.", "height": "4373", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "THIRD DECLENSION. 27\\n6 itQcv^y gen. Itfjuo^y the priest.\\n6 i/^dv;^ i/dvo;^ thejisli.\\nt) vavzj vbo)^ (notice the irregular accent\\nthe endhig -co;, standing for tlie earlier ending\\n-oV. Gr. 190, Rem. f.), the shij).\\nTO 6qo2, gen. oQovgy the mountain.\\n.T/////, ^^7H^ (1st ^t(AtVi^?)^the fountain, the\\nsource.\\ni) nohz, gen. noltco^ (Gr. 96 S. Gr. 57), the city.\\nPhrase, The sources of the river are in, etc.\\nGreek idiom, The sources of ihe^ river are out of\\netc.\\nTranslate into Erylish.\\n1. ^i :niycu roif TiOTiifiou ix rou hfjoi/^ tioir.\\n2. O viO)^ ev Ttj JioXtL ioriv. 3. Ti]q vtco; to\\npfa:A?.o^. 4. 7f rij^ nolto^^ hvvauiz. 5. Ev tcc\\nnoTULico Tov^ t/fyv^ OQco. G. Tov^ /3ov^ av t^\\n68cp CTob too Ttl/OVZ Ttj^ 7t6?.iCOg OQCO. 7. 2^l/P\\nTOi^ Tijgyrco(jr4g /SuOiXtvOcv. 8. O tov vtoj ItQthg\\nfvr)) vfjOco eOrir. 9. ^H vcwg /ati^cov eoriv r] to\\nrtXoTov, 10. ^vv T?i tov ^aoc).Uog dvva /Lite. 11.\\nAl :io).tig \u00e2\u0082\u00acP TO) TT^dico tioiv. 12. Tag vavg Tt]g\\n7tO?.t(Og OQCO.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. The sources of the rivers are in the moun\\ntains. (See Phrase above.) 2. The sources of the\\nriver are in the country of the king. 3. The sources", "height": "4613", "width": "2743", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "28 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nof the river are in the temple. 4. The ships of the\\nking are larger than the boats of the city. 5. The\\npriest is in the temple. 6. In behalf of the cities in\\nthe island. 7. In behalf of the power of the king.\\n8. I see the golden fishes in the silver stream.\\n9. Among the ships of the city. 10. Among the\\noxen of the king.\\n15. Adjectives of the Consonant-Declension,\\nGr. 211, 212 (stems in v), 213 (a few stems in\\n.v), and in 214 learn now only /W^ S. Gr. 118,])\\nExercise XVI.\\nVocabulary,\\n^a v^, /Sa ala, ^a Vy deep.\\nl3aQv^^ ^uQtla^ /3aQv (Eng. bar- in barometer),\\nheavy.\\n/jQadv.]^ ^QccdtlUy ^Qaduy sloiv.\\n^Qcc/v^^ ^Qaxtla^ (Sqa/v^ short.\\nkVQVi^ tvQblUy tvQVy wide.\\nt/^co^ I have,\\nh^v^^ r)8tTay ri()v^ sioeet, jjleasant, delicious,\\n-dav^a^ojy I admire.\\n/LtbXaQ^ fisXacva^ uaXav^ black,\\n6 OIV02, gen. oLvoVy the wine.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 29\\ntaxv;^ raxttUy ra/^v^ swift, Jleet\\nXaqiti^y XUQitoaa, zocQit v^ graceful, pleanng.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. 7J TjubQa r/dt/a iovtv. 2. Lin; op ^Qa8vp\\nt/co. 3. Tov^: idQaStl; ii;.ioug ^ul t?)p [3aqtlav\\naua^uv OQco. 4. Oi l:i:vol ruy^tl^ tiotv, 5. Tov;,\\nTccytlg i[i;i;ovg ^avtid^co. 6. To rtlxo;, I^Q^^X^\\naoTLv. 7. Tliv fiqaxuav ^(cl tvQtlav odov oqco.\\n8. pQSC4q /jud v t/(o. 9. Tec /ja acc cpQsara oqco.\\n10. 2 6v /idXava Xbovra oqco. 11. Ta;, /LitXalva^\\nvav^ OQCO. 12. Ev TC4l^ f^itXalvaig /3ovOiv. iv rocg\\n(.dXaOt /3ov6iv. IS. T/jg ^aQdaotjg [.u]rQog r)\\n?cccXri ^vyartjQ. 14. OIpop ijdvv t/co. 15. ^O\\nZQvGog /SccQvg aorcv. 16. To rrig tvQticcg odov\\n^(xXXog d^avficc^co. 17. Y H odog tvQeicc acjTcv.j\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. The days are long, and pleasant. 2. I have\\nslow horses and fleet horses. 3. I admire the heavy,\\ngold breast-plate of the. soldier (Greek idiom, the\\nheavy and golden, etc.). 4. The sweet milk of the\\ncow. 5. I see the short and wide walls. 6. The\\nstreets are long and wide. 7. The sweet water in\\nthe deep well. 8. In the black ships. 9. I admire\\nthe graceful mother of the beautiful daughter. 10.\\nThe wine is sweet. 11. The streets of the city are\\nwide. 12. In the wide and deep sea.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "30 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n16. Adjectives (Continued).\\nGr. 217; S. Gr. 124 {Adjectives of two en\\nings). Gr. 218; S. Gr. 125 {Adjectives of one end-\\ning). Gr. 219 S. Gr. 126 {Irregular Adjectives).\\nExercise XVII.\\nVocahulary.\\ndtl^ adv., always,\\ndXrji r]g^ dhid^s^y true^ actual, real.\\nTO dXrj tg, gen. aArj ovgy that which is true, the\\ntruth.\\nrd dXr] rj^ gen. dXtji^coV) things ichich are true^ the\\ntrue,\\nr) dXri tca^ gen. dXr^ tlag, truth, the truth (ab-\\nstract).\\n^tXrlcov^ ^sXrcovy better.\\n/ueyaQ f.ttyuXr]^ /nsyay great, large.\\nTO /LLsyb^o;^ gen. /Lctye ovgy the greatness, magni-\\ntude, size.\\nTiXriQTigy nXriQbQj full.\\nTO nXfi ogy gen. nXrid^ovg^ the multitude.\\nnoXyg^ TioXX/jy noXv^ much, ahindant; plur. many.\\nTO TvoXvj the much, the principal part.\\nol TtoXXoiy gen. tojv :ioXXojVy the many, the majority.\\nifjtvSrjgy i/jtvSsgy false.\\nTO iptvSsgy gen. ipav8ovgy that lohich is false, the\\nfalsehood.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 31\\nra ipeudijy gen. iptvdcovy things lohich are falsey the\\nfalse,\\nTO ifjtvdo^y gen. iptvdovQ^ the falsehood.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. H dXrjid^ticc /SbXrlcov eOrlv dtl 7] to ipsi/dog\\n(Gr. 529 S. Gr. 378). 2. To dlrim^ Atlov\\nsotcv dtl rj TO y^tvdsg, 3. Tcor dXtjid^cov g:^iXog\\naoriv {He is, etc., Gr. 535 S. Gr. 381). 4. 7W\\niptvddov 7ToX8/j.cog SOTCV. 5. ^AXr] r]g (piXog sOtIv.\\n6. O TOi) /jaOcXacog dStXcpog iptvSrjg iOTCv. 7 To\\nTiXridog Tcov Gtqutlcotcov tioXv 8(3TCV. 8. 01 OTQa-\\nT}]yol /StXTiovg tiol tov TcXr^ ovg. ^O TtOTU/Lcog\\nnXrjQrig ly vcov 86tIv (Gr. 584, b S. Gr. 424, b).\\n10. To [.dyt og xcu to xdXXog Trig xcoqag av\\n/Lta^co. 11. H X^Q^ jLttyaXr] xal T^aXt] 86tcv^\\n12. TFoXvg oivog av tj} tov tu^Iov ol^^ia aoTiv.\\n13. HoXXovg noXa/Liiovg ovv Tcb (SaacXtloQco. 14.\\nTo TzoXv TOV OQOvg av r/J noXtc a6TLv. 15. 01\\nnoXXol ipavdatg tiocv.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1* They are friends of the good, the true, and\\nthe beautiful. 2. They are always true friends.\\n3. He is a friend of that which is true and an enemy\\nof that which is false. 4. I admire the beauty of\\ntruth. 5. The king is always false. 6. The multi-\\ntude of fishes in the river is abundant. 7. The", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "32 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\nrivers are full of large fishes. 8. I admire the great-\\nness and the beauty of the city. 9. The cities are\\nlarge and beautiful. 10. I see many men in the\\ncountry of the great king. 11-. I see the principal\\npart of the wall of the city. 12. The majority of\\nthe citizens are good and honorable.\\n17. Adjectives (Continued).\\nComparison of Adjectives, A. By rtQo^ and\\nTccrog, Gr. 220, 221, a S. Gr. 127, 128. B. By\\nicov and cavo^y Gr. 222 S. Gr. 229.\\nExercise XVIII.\\nVocahulo.ry.\\na^iog, a^tcoTtQO^y d^ccoTarog, worthi/y more wortJfi/y\\nmost worthy,\\ndnaqdoHtvoz^ -ovtQoq^ Oraro;, unprepared, etc,\\nr)8vQ, Tjdlcovy rjdiarogj sweet, delicious, pleasant, etc.\\n/Lia^Qog^ OTbQogj, OTUTOZy long, etc.\\nfisXag^ fztXdvTtQog^ fitXavTUTog^ black, etc.\\nfu^Qog, OraQog, -ovavog^ small, etc.\\nvl:og, COTtQog^ covavogy young,^ etc.\\nTO vizcfogy gen. vbcpovg^ the cloud.\\nT] vv^y gen. vvxTog^ the night.\\nTtovTjQogy OTtQogj OTccTog^ wicked, base, etc.\\nnQta/3vreQog^ sup. Trgto/juravog (Eng. presbyter,\\netc.), older, oldest.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 33\\noocfo^j COTtQo:;^ covavo^ (Eng. sojjh- in sojphuty jjld-\\nlosopliy^ etc.), icise, etc.\\n7] Tc/Lir]j gen. Tt/Lirj^y the honor.\\nyaqiti^y -sOrtQO^y -bOraroq^ graceful^ etc.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. To v^cfog /utXavTtQOv ton rrjg vu^rog.\\n2. H jur^vr^q yaQLtC)T8Qa rrjg Svyarqag aorcv.\\n3. O olvog Tov f.d)urog 7)8iojv aoriv. 4. O xqiTrig\\na^iog Ti^fig (Gr. 584, e S. Gr. 424, e) aGnv.\\n5. JltcojTbQog Tc/Liiig ioTiv 6 /ja6i).tvg. 6. ^o-\\n(pcovavog iovc rcov dv Qcoi:cov (Gr. 559, a S. Gr.\\n403). 7. HovriQOTaTog aorc tcov SaOTTOrcor. 8.\\nIlQtO/3vTtQog aOTL tou ddbAcfOv. 9. TlQtO/Svra-\\nTog aOTL TCOV dn/ovTCov. 10. Ntcortgog aOrt tov\\ncfiXou, 11. O /SaOcXtTjg ccTiaQaa^tJjoTaTog aaTcv.\\n12. AvrjQ oocpcoTaTog aoTcv (Gr. 663; S. Gr.\\n454, a). 13. 7/ oly.ia i.uy.QOTCCTri aOTiv. 14. To\\nvacfog /LitXdvTaTOv aOTiv. 15. H odog [xay.QOTUTri\\naOTiv. 16. ^H rjfxaQcc 7)81 Ott] aOTiv. 17. A^tog\\naOTL TL^rig /Qv6i]g.\\nTranslate into GreeJc.\\n1. The cloud is blacker than nis-ht. 2. The\\nmother is graceful, and the daughter is more grace-\\nful than the mother. 3. I have wine more delicious\\nthan honey. 4. The old man is more worthy of", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "34 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nhonor than the young man. 5. He is basest of\\nmen. 6. He is wisest of the citizens. 7. He is\\nyounger than his brother. She is younger than her\\nbrother. 8. He is youngest of the generals. 9.\\nThey are most unprepared. 10. They, are (the)\\noldest of the citizens. 11. They are very wise men\\n(Gr. 663 S. Gr. 454, a). 12. I see a very black\\ncloud. 13. The roads are very long. 14. The days\\nare very pleasant. 15. The citizens are worthy of\\ngolden honor\\n\u00c2\u00a718. Adjectives (Continued).\\nX Irregular and Defective Comparison.\\nGr. 223, 224; S. Gr. 130, 131.\\nExercise XIX.\\nVocahdary,\\nTO ccQ/Liay gen. ccQjLiarogy the chariot.\\n6 /3c4Q/3aQ0^y gen. ^aQJSaQOv^ the barbarian, the\\nforeigner.\\n6 xcuQOQy gen. xatQOv^ the opj)ortunity the fitting\\ntime.\\n6 naQadtiao^y gen. 7iaQa8ti6ov (Eng. paradise^,\\nthe parh.\\nTO 6TQaTtv[xa^ gen. OTQccvtv/LcccTog, the army.\\nLearn also the meaning of the adjectives in Gr.\\n223, 224; S. Gr. 130, 131.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 35\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. AqlOto:; aarc tcov otcXltojv. 2. KqaitOroz\\niotL Tcov oTiXiTcov (Gi. 223, Rem. a S. Gr.\\n130, aa). 3. Maytovov xacQOv a/^co- 4. A/ntl-\\nlovg rov TtXrj^ovg tiaiv. 5. Kaxiovg tlol tcov\\n/3a()/3aQ03V. 6. ^vv d^tivoocv avSgdacv, v:ibQ\\nd()lC)TCov dvdQcov. 7. 2.vv dXiyiavocQ OrQaTCCOTacg.\\n8. 01 ^txQoraTOL TCOV oQvidcDV, 9. IIXtlaTQvg\\nOQVc aQ ev T(p TiaQadtlacp t/^io. 10. *^ff (xrjvrjQ\\nxaXXloiv T^g vyaTQog ioviv, 11, To aQ/Lia tov\\n^aOtXscog rcaXXiOrov 86tlv, 12. Mrrovg tcov no-\\nXtfxlcov tlaiv, 13. ^EXuTTOvg Tcjv noXaulcov tialv.\\n14. EXdvTOvg TOV CTQccTtvfxaTog tov ^aOcXscog\\ntialv. 15. H odbg Qcxorrj ioTiv. 16. 01 nXtlOTOi\\nTCOV cfvXaxov xaxcGTol aiocv.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They are bravest of the soldiers. 2. He is\\nstronger than his brother. 3. The opportunity is\\nvery great. 4. I see a man braver than the multi-\\ntude; 5. In company with men more cowardly\\nthan the barbarians. 6. In company wfth very\\nbrave (Gr. 663 S. Gr. 454, a) men. In behalf of\\nbrave men. 7. I see very few soldiers. 8. I see\\nthe smallest of the oxen in the park. 9. The most\\nof the small birds are in the park. 10. The young-\\ner of the brothers is more beautiful than the older.\\n2", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "36 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n11. I admire the very beautiful chariots of the great\\nking. 12. He is inferior to (or less than) his ene-\\nmy. 13. In company with fewer men. 14. The\\nroads are very easy. 15. The most cowardly of the\\ncitizens.\\n19. PronoujSS,\\nGr. 230, 232, 105, a; S. Gr. 133, 133, c;\\n65, a {Personal Pro7ioims). Gr. 238 S. Gr. 137\\n{Possessive Pronouns). Gr. 538, a. Last half of the\\nparagraph on the position of the gen. of the pers.\\npron. S. Gr. 382, d.\\nExercise XX.\\nRem. a noun and pronoun require the article,\\nwhen a particular person or thing is meant, Gr.\\n538, c. Thus, 6 s/uog cpiXoQy or 6 (piAog /liov^ my\\nfriend but ef^tog (piXog, or cpiXoQ f^ov, a friend of\\nmine ^wq, (orthotone) is more emphatic than fioif\\n(enclitic) 6 q)iXog e^ov is a form which is said not\\nto be used.\\nTranslate into English,\\n1. O ddtXcfjoQ juoVy or 6 eiubg d8tX(f6g. 2.\\nAdbXqjog jllov^ or s/nog ddtlcpog. 3. 01 ri/LiartQac\\n(fiXoc, or ol cfiXoL tjuojv. 4. H/nertQOc cfiXoi", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 37\\n(^friends of ours), or cpiXoi r)jLicov, 5. H e/nrj jut^ttjQj\\nor ///yr//( f^iou. 6. ^H riutrtzQU /urirrjQ^ or\\nl-ttivriQ i)/Luoy, 7. odg cfiAog, or 6 cflXoQ gov.\\n8. O v[.iizTtQO^ (piXo^y or o cpiXo^ vucov. D. J^o;\\n(fiXo^y or cpiXo; gov. 10. ^Yf^tUtQo^ cfuXo^^ or\\ncpiXoq, i)f,td)v {cL friend of your fl^. 11. IJoXXa xat\\ndyad a ev rf] oixia jliov e^oj.\\nTranslate into Greek, expressing each sentence in the\\nseveral forms above given.\\n1. My friend. 2. A friend of mine. 3. Our\\nfriend. 4. A friend of ours. 5. Thy house. 6.\\nA house of thine. 7. Your house. 8. A house of\\nyours. 9. Thy brother. 10. A brother of thine.\\n11. Your brother. 12. A brother of yours. 13. I\\nsee your oxen. 14. I see oxen of yours. 15. lad-\\nmire your liorses. 16. I see your wagon. 17. I\\nsee a wagon of yours. 18. I see many and evil\\nthings in our country.\\nThe neuter plur. of the adj. is used in Greek as in Latin,\\n\\\\rhere we supply the \\\\7ov^ things, E. g. TroXXa, many things,\\nLat. multa.\\n20. Pronouns Contmued),\\nGr. 234; S. Gr. 134 {Intensive Pronouii). Gr.\\n239; S. Gr. 138 {^Demonstrative Pronouns). Gr.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "38 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n538, a and b S. Gr. 382, c and d, are very im-\\nportant statements, which are often forgotten.\\nExercise XXI.\\nNote. This entire exercise requires unusual care\\nand discrimination. It is very important to the sub-\\nsequent success of the learner, and should be tho-\\nroughly mastered.\\nVocahulary.\\nSelf (Gr. 669, a, b), avvo^y avrrj^ avro.\\nWith a verb in the sing., 1st pers. I myself,\\n2d pers. thou thyself, 3d pers. he himself In the\\nplur., 1st pers. we ourselves, 2d pers. you yourselves,\\n3d pers. they themselves.\\nIn the oblique cases, when standing by itself,\\nand not in an emphatic position, it signifies him,\\nher, it; plur. them. If the position is emphatic, as\\nat the beginning of its clause, it may be rendered as\\nan intensive pron. him himself, etc.\\nThe same, 6 avTog^ rj ccvttj, to avvOy xrh-\\nthat is, wherever avroQ is directly preceded by\\nthe article, it signifies same, Lat. idem.\\nThis (sometimes rendered that^, ovrog, avtr/, tovto.\\nThis {this one here),^ o^t^ rjds^ rodt.\\nThat {the one yonder axtlvoi, extlvrj, extlvo.\\nRem. Of these three demonstratives, ohvoq is", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 39\\nthe most common ovzo^ oftener denotes what pre-\\ncedes bdty what follows.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. AvTog 6 ^QtrrjQy or 6 xQirr]2, avrog, 2. 0\\navTog xQLTr]c,. rov avrov ^qcttjv oqcj. 3. TovQ\\n^(jLTCcg avToijg oqco, 4. Tovg avroiiQ xQirag oqoj.\\n5. Y:;r^( vcov avzcov civdQcdv. 6. ^YtiIq avTCov\\nTcov dvdQcov, 7. 2vv toIq avTolg di 8Qa6cv.\\n8. 2^vv avTOiQ TOig drdgdatv. 9. ^Ev rfj oixia\\navTOv OQco, 10. Hqo tov Tti^ovQ avrovg oqco,\\n11. AvTog Tovrov TOV dyhqa oqco. 12. Tavrrjv\\nTTjv noXiv avTog z^^avjud^co. 13. Tavrag rdg\\nTioXtig avTog -d^avLtaQco. 14. Ev ravrri rfj TioXtt\\noi^co, av ralg TioXtoc Tavracg. 15. ^vv rolg noXl-\\nratg TOVTOig. 16. Ynaq tovtcov tcov tioXltcov. 17.\\nTovg 7io)uTag Tovgds (Gr. 110; S. Gr. 68) S^av-\\n/iid^o}, (^18. Toug TvoXhag sxtivovg S^avfxd^co.\\n19. H urjTTjQ avTOv (Gr. 538^ a; S. Gr. 382, d^\\ngen. of personal pronouns), ff (.iriTriQ avrfig. rj\\n/^riTfjQ avTCov. 20. Ovrog 6 dvrjQ, or 6 dvrjQ ovTog.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. The man himself. The same man. This\\nman. 2. The city itself. The same city. This\\ncity. 3. The multitude itself. The same multitude.\\nThis multitude. 4. In the city itself. In the same\\ncity. In this city. 5. I see the man himself. I\\ny\\nI", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "40 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nsee the same man. I see this man. 6. I see the\\nmen themselves. I see the same men. I see these\\nmen. 7. I see the walls themselves. I see the\\nsame walls. I see these walls. 8. I see the cities\\nthemselves. I see the same cities. I see these\\ncities. 9. In the cities themselves. In the same\\ncities. In these cities. 10. I see his father. I see\\nher father. 1 see their father. II. I myself see\\ntiieiii in the house. 12. I see him in the street.\\n21. Pronouns (Continued), and Nujv^erals.\\nGr. 243; S. Gr. 140 {Belative Proiu). Gr.\\n244 S. Gr. 141 {Interrog. and Iiidef, Pronouns).\\nGr. 255; S. Gr. 148 {Cardinal Numbers from I\\nto 4).\\nExercise XXII.\\nVocabulary.\\ntidoVy I saw.\\ntig, 8vo^ TQu^y TbGOaQtg or rarraQtgy one, twOy\\nthree, four,\\novde/g, ovda^aa^ ovdsvy no one, nobody, in the neut.\\nnothing,\\nog, 7]y Oy relat. pron., ivho, tchich, tohat.\\nvig, Ti (Gr. 244, Eem. a S. Gr. 141, a), interrog,\\npron. loho, ivhich, what.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 41\\nrij^, tI (Gr. 105, b; S. Gr. G5, b), indef. pron.\\nso7ney any, certain in the masc. sing, used\\nsubstantively, some 07ie, a certain one in the\\nneut. sing, something, a certain part.\\nObserve that riq interrog. always has the acute\\naccent on the l in all the forms, and stands regularly\\nfirst in its clause while tI;, indef. is regularly en-\\nclitic, and hence very seldom stands first.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. O avrb^ (xvr]Q, ov iv rfi ol^la Gov tl8ov\\n(Gr. 503; S. Gr. 354). 2. H TvoXci sv f) oixci.\\n3. Tig v/Licov (piXoQ rov /3a6iXscog eovlv (Gr. 113\\nS. Gr. IQi^-ovSt}:; rjucov rod ^aOck ^co^, cplXog iorlv.\\n4. ]3aQ/3aQOv rtva ev rfi oixicc avvov tl3ov. 5.\\nTr); cpaXayyog re oqoj, 6. Av qcotco^ rcg, av-\\nx^QcoTioi Tivtg. 7. OvShq tcov TToXt/Liicov iv ravTYi\\nTi] TTo ktt aoriv, 8. Tivtg tcov TzoXefxlcov av rfi\\ny^coqa r)/Licov tiocv 9. Tcov TtoXeuicov rcvag ev rfj\\n/^ojQcc v/Licop tloiv. 10. Elg tcov OTQarrjycov ccqcO-\\nTog sorcv. 11. TsTvaQCjcg jLitydXovg OQvtd ag ev\\nTCp nuQadtiOcp tl8ov. 12. Ev rfj olrila cxvrov\\novdsva tidov.\\nTranslate into Greeh,\\n1. The same men, whom I saw in his house.\\n2. Who is better than the king 3. No one of the", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "42 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\ncitizens is better than the good judge. 4. Some of\\nthe citizens are worthy of golden honor. 5. I saw\\na certain man in your house. 6. I saw four gene-\\nrals in the city. 7. One of the three men is bad.\\n8. A certain one of the men is very brave.\\n22. Miscellaneous Examples.\\nExercise XXIII\\nNote. Should any teacher find the work too\\nextended, this exercise and the following can be\\nomitted.\\nVocabulary.\\nd8tXq)rjy Tjg^ a sister,\\ndiyvTiTog^ ovy rjy Aegyptus^ ^gypt-\\ndQtTTjy fjQ^ r], virtue, goodness, valor.\\ndsy conj. but, and answers to /nsv in the preceding\\nclause (Gr. 862, I, a S. Gr. 585, a).\\nhtal^olriy rig, tj^ calumny (Eng. diabol-^.\\ndcxacoavvr], rjg^ rj^ justice.\\ntldog^ ovg^ tOj the appearance, the looks (Eng. syl-\\nlable -ide, used so often in chemistry, as chlor-\\nide, etc.).\\nbiQrjvrjy rjg^ Tjj peace.\\nRecollect that rU, nvh (enclit.) is usually postpositive.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES. 43\\ntTtacvog, ov^ 6 praise, approbation.\\ntx qa^ ag^ ijy enmity.\\nxaTOTVTQov^ ovy TOy a mirror.\\n^coXaxtia^ ag, r), flattery.\\nXaycog, coy 6 (Attic 2d declens.), a hare.\\nfzaviccy ag^ rj, madness.\\nfx6 r]y 7iZy fly intoxication.^ drunkenness.\\nNtlXog, ovy 6y the Nile.\\nnaidtiay ag^ i), education.\\niiLGTOZy fjy ovy trustworthy.\\nqi^Uy r^gy fjy a root.\\nOocpla, ccgy r), loisdom. |fl\\n6r?]Xrjy Tjgy i)y a pillar. wk\\nra/nitlovy oVy rOy a treasury, r treasure^Kouse.\\nraxvrjy rjg, i], art (Eng. technical).\\nvTVPogy OVy 6y slccp\\ncpcXiuy cxg^ 7]^ friendship.\\n(pcovrjy rjg, fjy a voice (Eng. phon- m phonetics, etc.).\\nXaXxogy OVy 6] bronze, often rendered brass,\\nifjoyogy OVy o, blame, censure.\\nipvxf], Tjgy f], the soul {^w.^. psych- m jjsycholoyy).\\nPronounce the Greek translate into English and\\nparse.\\n1. HciQerfj (Gr. 529; S. Gr. 378) aarccpcUag\\naTTjXr], 2. ITrjyJj ^al qiC,a OocpLcig s6tIv fj Tiaidaia\\n(Gr. 535; S. Gr. 381). 3. H ju8 rj ri^g ^tavla;", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "44 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n^^QZ^i ^Otlv. 4. ^H natdtia TQOcpr] ipv/jig, (Gr.\\n^530; S. Gr. 379, a) eonv. 5. O vTivog torlv\\nd()tX(f6g Tov id^avavov. 6. ^A();/rj cpL)aag fiev [Gr,\\n862, a; S. Gr. 585, a) 6 tTiacvog aoriy^ t/^d^ag di\\n6 yjoyog. 7. ^H AiyvTiTog dcogov sovl tov NalXcv.\\n8. Al ra^vac Tirjyal tlot tcov ?caX(x)v, 9. ^OXiyOL\\nTfZv dvi^QcoTicov 60(foi dacv. 10. H ipv/j] ra/Lu-\\ntlov eOTCv, dyadrj fj.lv tcov dya coVy ^axr] ds tcov\\nyfa^cov. 11. Ev tiQTjVYi /nav tvoXXoI tiac Xsovveg^\\nev fid/}] da Xaycp. 12. O /^av X(^.X^6g xdroTtTQOv\\niarc Tov aidovgy 6 da olvog rov vov, 13. O f^av\\nfiiog ^QCi/^vg aOTiv, rj da raj^vrj fiaxqd. 14. U\\n^{o kaxtia dda7.cpr] aort rrjg dca^oXf^g.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. Truth is the sister of justice. 2. Friendship\\nis a gift of the gods. 3. True friends are worthy\\nof golden honor. 4. Few (of) friends are trust-\\nworthy in dangers. 5. In war, few (of) men are\\nhons, in peace, many. 6. The honorable and good\\nsoul is a treasure-house of things (which are) honor-\\nable and good. 7. Flattery and calumny are sisters.\\n8. Life is short, but art is long. 9. Honey is\\nsweet, but the voice of a true friend is sweeter. 10\\nCensure is base, but flattery is baser.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES. 45\\n23. Miscellaneous Examples (Continued)\\nExercise XXIV.\\nVocabulary.\\n.(davajoQy ov (Gr. 209, compound adjs. S. Gr\\n117), not subject to death, immortal (fr. a priv.\\nand davuTo^.\\nalria, ag, i)^ a cause.\\naLTco;^ ia, tovy causing, occasioning, w. the gen.\\ndXka^ conj. hd,\\nysvoz.^ ov^y TOy race, kind.\\nyXvxvZy tea, v, sweet (has nearly the same range of\\nmeaning with ^dvg).\\nSi^cccog, aid, atov (fr. hixr] justice^, just.\\ntidcolov, ov, t6^ an image (fr. ti8o;y that which is\\nseen, a forni).\\n8Xa;(c6Togy least, super, of oXiyog.\\ntvOb/StcUy ag, r). piety.\\nX r)ytf/cxjVy ovog^ o, a leader.\\ni)dovriy rjg rj, pleasure.\\ndvrjTogy 7]^ ovy mortal.\\n-iaQnog^ ojj, 6 y fruit.\\n-^oXa^y axog^ 6^ a flatterer.\\n?.6yogy ovy Oy a loord, speech.\\no^V before a vowel ov?\u00e2\u0082\u00ac, but before the rough breath-\\ning ov/y not.", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "46\\niJllST GREEK BOOK.\\nnd^y Ttdoay :vdv^ every^ all for irreg. accent, see\\nGr. IGO, Exc. b S. Gr. 92, Exc. b.\\n:iiyCQO^^ dy ovy bitter.\\n(hiovSalo:, aiay alovy earnest.\\nov/jfjovXo^y ovy 6y an adviser, counsellor.\\nTSQipt^^ tco^y deity Id.\\n^^Qovo^y ovy Oy time.\\nPronounce the Greek translate into English and\\nparse.\\n1. Aoyo^ dXrji^^rjQ xcd bixato;, iffv;(rj(; dycc fjQ\\nxai TtcOrrj:; tidcoXov sortv. 2. ^Bga^tla rsQipc^^\\nsorlv 7)dovfi; xaxfi^; (Gr. 572; S. Gr. 415). 3.\\nH juav qiQu TTj^ Tcacdticc^ ncxqa aOvcVy ol 8s xuq-\\nTcol yXvxttg. 4. ^H yXcoTra noXkcov ^caxcbv airia\\n-r/ ^o is declined as follows:\\n[r\\\\a i\\niracra\\nirav\\nira T. is^\\nTrdcTTjs\\nTVaVTOS\\nSing. TravTL\\nTTaarj\\niravTi\\n7T(lVTa\\nnaoau\\nTvav\\nynas\\nTTacra\\nTTCLV\\nDual\\nirdcra\\n7rdvT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac\\nTVaVTOLV\\nTTciaaiu\\nTTavTolv\\n7rdvT\u00e2\u0082\u00acS\\niraaai\\nnavra\\nnaPTcov\\nnacrciiv\\nirdvTco:^\\nPlur. J na(TL(v)\\nTrda-ais\\n7ra(TL(y)\\nndvrai\\nirda-as\\nndvTa\\n-rravTCS\\nvrao-ai\\nndpTa\\n.Some editors write nduToii/ instead of Travrolv,", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES. 47\\nf.Otiv, 5. Ac fdv ridoyn ^-d^vYiTai at ccQtral\\nd avarol dOLV, 6. T^vO^faOTL n v to Tcov^jh-\\nAO5 OVOtig 60TC pSATlCOV /QOVOV, \\\\3.\\\\JV/^ o fxa-\\nxQOxavoQ /3io^ ccQcOrog sorcVy ccXXa 6 OnovdatOTU\\nTog. 10. TIaOcov tcov ccQtTCov Tjytucov sorcv rj hvos-\\n/3tca. 11. UoXXa /tiav ov fxav avti {lie does not\\nlearn), tcoXv di-\\nI\\nTranslate into Greek. -fSJTL ST~^\\n1. The life of the gods is immortal. 2. The\\nspeech of a true friend is an image of a faithful soul.\\n3. The speech of the faithful judge is true and just.\\n4. Base pleasures afford {naQ^xovaiiv)) short enjoy-\\nment. 5. The roots are bitter, but the fruits are\\nsweet. 6. False speech is a cause of very many\\nevils. 7. The tongue of all flatterers is a very great\\nevil. 8. No virtue is better than piety. 9. An\\nearnest life is better than the longest. 10. In a very\\nsmall (space). In a human body (lit. in a body of\\na man).", "height": "4680", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "48 FIRST GREEK BOOK,\\nvaM^ 24. Verbs.\\ni\\nVoices, Modes, Tenses, Stems and Roots, Tense-\\nSystems. Gr. 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266;\\nS. Gr. 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156.\\nAccent of the verb. Gr. 365, 367, b, c, d S.\\nGr. 246, 248, b, c, d.\\nSynopsis of Xvco, in the Active voice, in the pres.,\\nfut., aor., and perf. systems also the meaning of\\nthese various parts. Gr. 269 S. Gr. 159. For\\nthe quantity of -ccg in Xvaag^ see Gr. 49, 214 S.\\nGr. 30, a; 121.\\nElements of the verb Augment Reduplica-\\ntion. Gr. 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 318, 319,\\n320; S. Gr. 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 204, 205,\\n206.\\nExercise XXV.\\nVocahulary,\\n7.VCO (stem Xv- in the pres. system usually always\\nXv- in the fut. and aor. act. and mid. always\\nXv- in the perf. and pluperf. of all voices, the\\naor. and fut. pass. Gr. 268, Noteb; S. Gr.\\n158, a), to loose, Gr. 268, R. a; S. Gr. 158.\\npctXtvco (stem xtXtv-^, to order, or to he ordering,\\nricx) (stem rl- in the pres. system but tI- in the", "height": "4628", "width": "2608", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 49\\nfut. and aor. Gr. 335, 1 S. Gr. 212; to es-\\nteem, or to he esteeming.\\nSynopsis in the act. voice of tlie pres. fut. aor.\\nand perf. systems of eacli of these verbs, with the\\nmeaning of the various parts.\\n25. Verbs (Continued).\\nTense-Signs, Mode-Signs, Connecting Vowels,\\nEndings. Gr. 344, 346, 347, 348 348 Rem. a,\\n349, 350, 351, 355 Act., 357, 358 Act., 359 Act.,\\n360 Act.; S. Gr. 231, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237,\\n240 Act., 241, 242 Act., 243, 244 Act..\\nExercise XXVI.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate into English; and\\npoint out in each word the augment, the stem,\\nthe tense-sign^ the mode-sign, the connecting vow-\\nel, and the ending, loherever these various ele-\\nments exist\\nGr. 361, 352, a (coarse and fine print) S. Gr.\\n245, a; 235.\\nNote 1. To avoid making the recitation tedious,\\nthe teacher would do well to select certain test-forms\\nand require the learner to give the elements with as\\nmuch promptness as possible, leaving the other forms\\nto be simply read and translated.", "height": "4680", "width": "2713", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "50 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nNote 2. For the exact nieaning of the follow-\\ning forms, study carefully Gr. 269 also G95, 6 90;\\nS. Gr. 159 also 472, 473.\\nNote 3. In most of the followmg exercises, the\\nconditional particle eav, if, will be used to mark the\\nsubjunctive. E. g. ear Xucoy which may be rendered,\\nif I may he loosing, or simply if I be loosing the\\ncontingent particle av (postpositive), which can sel-\\ndom be rendered in English (Gr. 873), to mark the\\noptative. E. g. Xvocjuc av, I might, could, would, or\\nshould be loosing,\\n1\u00c2\u00bb Avco. Xvoco. tXv6a. XsXvxa. Tlco, riOcoyi\\ntriaa. TbTLHa. 3. Kh%hvfi)\\\\ ^tXivacok i^sX^aay ^)y\\nxtx^Ktvxa. 4. AifOljiU cc^. Av qc/llc av. AvOac^/bci\\nav, AbAvxoc/Lic av. 0. i totfiL av. riopifxc av. tl-\\nOac/Lic av. Ttvlxpc/Lct av. 6. Kt^^d^c/uic av. xaXitti ^^f\\\\}\\nOOi^L av. x^AtvOaciLti av. x\\\\xtK^vxOC[Xc av. i. oJ\\n\\\\vovy tXvoay XsXi{xa, sXsXv ^f^iK^ J^Ertov^ ^jy^\\nlOay tittUcy at^Tl^tiy.^ 9. fice:^ Jfct/o?. Tpri^/ At/^6;- r. (T\\n)r. subjunc.) iav XtAvxco. lO./Eaj^ kl ktyxQ. sav ^a.^/^\\ntriOa\\nTranslate into Greek. ad\\n1. I was ordering. I ordered. I have ordered.\\n2. I am ordering. I shall order. 3. If I may M\\nordering. If I may or4er. If I may have ordered.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "y,^ VERBS. 51\\n4. I might be esteemip^. vl might esteem. I might\\nhave esteemed. 5. Td berOTdering. To or-^^er. Jo\\nhave ordered. Q). Be tndu Toosins:. Loose thou.\\n7. Be thou ordering. Order thou. 8. Be thou\\nA esteeming. Esteeri thou. 9. I was esteeming. I\\n^esteemed. 10. J^Avas loosing. I loosed. I have\\nloosed. 11. I had loosed. I had esteemed. I had\\nordered. 12. I S^m orderins:. I shall order. I\\nordered. I have ordered.\\n26. Verbs (Continued).\\nInflection of the present system act. of Xvco. Gr.\\n270 S. Gr. 160. In like manner inflect the pres.\\nsystem act. of tico and of xtXtvco.\\nExercise XXVIL\\nPronounce the Greek translate into English tell\\nwhere each form is made and point out its\\nseveral elements.\\nSee Note 1, Exercise XXVI.\\nNote. In telling where a finite verb is made,\\nfive particulars tense, mode, voice, person, number\\nshould be given. E. g. Xytiy pres. indie, act\\nthird, sing. Practice is requisite to give all the par-\\nticulars correctly and promptly. In describing an", "height": "4680", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "53 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\ninfinitive, three particulars tense, mode, voice are\\nrequisite.\\n1. AvbL (Gr. 352, a, fine print; S. Gr. 235, a).\\ntXvtv (Gr. 79, a; S. Gr. 43). 2. Eav Ivri (Gr.\\n346, 347, R. a and b S. Gr. 233, 235, c). Ivoi\\ndv (Gr. 348 S. Gr. 234). 3. Avhco, Xvuv (Gr.\\n352, d; S. Gr. 243). 4. Avovocv (Gr. 78, b 79,\\nb; 48; S. Gr. 43, 30). avov, adv Ivcootv. 5.\\nAvoLtv dv, %.vsTG)6av or Xvovrcov, 6. Avo/Ltev.\\nsXvo/Litv. edv AvcojLttv. Avoc/ntv dv. 7. Avert.\\neXvtrt, edv Xvrive. Xvocre dv. Xveve. 8. AvecQ.\\nelvec. edv XvriQ. Xvoc^ dv. Xve. 9. Tlovacv. ertov.\\nedv t icoOlv. rlocevdv. TcercoOav OT twvtojp. 10.\\nKeXexJtv.. exeXevev. edv xeXevri. xtXevoidv. xeXtv-\\ne Tco,\\nTranslate into Gfee/c.\\n1. He is esteeming. He was esE^mmg. If he\\nmaybe esteeming. He might be esteeming. .Let\\nhim be esteeming. 2. They are ordering. They\\nwere ordering. If they may be ordering. They\\nmigbt be ordering. Let tliem be ordering. 3. Thou\\nit ordering. Thou wast ordering. If thou may-\\nest be ordering. Thou mightest be ordering. Be\\nthou ordering. 4. We are esteeming. We were\\nesteeming. If we may be esteeming. We might\\nbe esteeming. 5. You are esteeming. You were\\nesteeming. If you may be esteeming. You might\\nbe esteeming. Be ye esteeming.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "-f\\nVERBS.\\n53\\n27. Verbs (Continued).\\nInflection of the fut. system active; Gr. 271 S.\\nGr. 161. Inflection of the 1st aor. system active;\\n272; S. Gr. 162. In like manner, inflect the fut.\\nand 1st aor. systems act. of rico and ^tltvco (jiaco^\\nExercise XXVIIL\\nPrmnunce the Greek translate iiito English and\\ntell where each form is made.\\n1. TiotL. Tiooc av. TtOovOtv. rlooctv av. 2.\\nTiOtiZ, TiOOiZ av. TiOare. rioocvb av. 3. Kt}.tvo-\\n/iitv. xtAtvOo/Libv. xtXtvoLiitv av. xtXtvOoc^uv av,\\n4. E;\u00e2\u0082\u00acsXtvoav. aav xtJ^tvOr^. xt7.tv6titv av. ^tXtv-\\nOaroj. 5. E^e?.6v6av. eav ^tXtvocoOiv. ^tXtvOtc-\\nav av. xtXtvOavTCov. 6. ^ExtXtvOaixtv. eav ^t-\\nXtvoco/Lctv. ?ftXavOacf^tv av. 7. ^ExaXtvodg. eav\\nxtXevorig. xe7.bvoeiag av. xeXtvoov. 8. ExtXev-\\nOara. eav xtXtvOrjTe. xtXtvOaire av. T^tXbvGare.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He will order. They will order. You will\\norder. 2. He esteemed. If he esteem. He might\\nesteem. Let him esteem. To esteem. 3. They\\nesteemed. If they esteem. They might esteem.\\n4. We esteemed. If we esteem. We might esteem.\\ny", "height": "4680", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "54 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n5. They will esteem. If tliey esteem. 6. He will\\norder. If be order. Y. You will order. If you\\norder. 8. I shall order. If I order. 9. He might\\norder. They might order. He might loose. They\\nmight loose.\\n28. Verbs (Continued).\\nFirst perf. system, active; Gr. 273 S. Gr. 163.\\nIn like manner inflect the 1st perf. system, active,\\nof rico and xtXtvco {jSTLxa^ xexs ktvxa).\\nExercise XXIX.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate into English; tell\\nwhere each form is made and point out the ele-\\nments.\\n1. Ttrlxccdcv. STbTLxtaav, eav Ttvixcoatv. ts-\\ntIhouv av. 2. KtxtXtvxcjCfiav. 8xtxt7.tv?{btutv-\\nSUV xaxe?.6vxcojuav. xtxt ktvxoiiJ.tv av, 3. KtXtvtc.\\nexs/.tvtv, xtXtvOtc. sxsXtvotv. xtxsXtvxtv. sxs-\\nxtXtvxei. 4. KtxaXtvxag. sxaxtXtvxac^, 5. Eav\\nxtxtXtvxyjQ. xtxtXbvxoi^ or xtxtXtvxoiri^ av, 0.\\nEav xtxtXavxri. xtxtXtvxoL or xaxtXavxairj av.\\nxtxtXtvxeTOj.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. They have ordered. They had ordered. 2.\\nIf they have ordered. They might have ordered.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 55\\n3. He has esteemed, lie had esteemed. 4. If he\\nmay have esteemed. He might have esteemed. 5.\\nWe have esteemed. We had esteemed. 6. If we\\nhave esteemed. We might have esteemed. 7. Let\\nhim have esteemed. Let them have esteemed.\\n29. Verbs (Continued).\\nSynopsis of the middle and passive voices. Gr.\\n269; S. Gr. 159. Also Gr. 365, 367, a, b, c, d;\\n687, 688, 689, 690, 693; 355 Middle, 358 Mid-\\ndle, 359 Middle, 360 Middle; S. Gr. 246, 248, a,\\nb, c, d; 465, 466, 467, 468, 471; 240 Middle,\\n242 Middle, 243 Middle, 244 Middle.\\nInflection of the present system. Middle (Passive),\\nGr. 270; S. Gr. 160. In like manner, inflect the\\npresent system. Middle (Passive), of rlcoy xtltvco^ and\\nXovcoy I wash. (Pass, riofiacj I am esteemed xt-\\nXtvojiaty I am ordered. Middle, Xovo/aac^ I am\\nleashing myself?)\\nExercise XXX.\\nPronounce the Greek translate iiito English tell\\nwhere each form is made and point out its ele-\\nments.\\nTranslate as Pass. 1. KtXtvtvac. xtXtvovrac.\\n2. ExbXtvtTO. axbXtvovTO. 3. ^Eav xtXtvrjvau\\nsav xiXevojvrai. 4. KaXavoLvo av. xtXtvocvvo", "height": "4680", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "56 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nar. 5. KtXtvsodco. ^tltv^adcooav or xtXtvsa-\\n{^cov. G. KbXbvtod^t. e?ctXtveo 8. eav ^th^vm t,\\nHtKavoioiTt av. xbAtvb6iTt. 7. KtAtvo/Lctua, sxt-\\nXtvo/iit a, eav xtXtVG)iJ.t a^ ^b ktvol/Ltt a av.\\nTranslate as Middle: 1. Aovtrm. ekovtroraai^\\n7,ov}]TaL. XovoiTO av, Xovbod^co. 2. Aovr] or Xovtt.\\neXovov. eav Xovi], Xovoco av, Xovou. 3. Aovov-\\nrat, eXovovTO. eav kovcovrac, Xovocvro av, Xov-\\nea cooav or Xovsa cjv.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. We are washing ourselves. We were wash-\\ning ourselves. If we may be washing ourselves.\\nVs might be washing ourselves. Let us wash our-\\nselves (Subjunct. ist pers. plur. Gr. 720, a; S. Gr.\\n488, a). 2. You are washing yourselves. You\\nwere washing yourselves. If you may be washing\\nyourselves. You might be washing yourselves.\\nWash yourselves. 3. I am esteeming. I am es-\\nteemed. 4. I was esteeming. I was esteemed,\\n5. If I may be esteeming. If I may be esteemed.\\n6. I might be esteeming. I might be esteemed.\\n7. They are esteeming. They are esteemed. 8,\\nThey were esteeming. They were esteemed. 9. If\\nthey may be esteeming. If they may be esteemed.\\n10. They might be esteeming. They might be es-\\nteemed.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "VLllBS. i\\n30. Verbs (Continued).\\nFuture system, Middle, Gr. 271; S. Gr. 161.\\nFuture Perf. and 1st fut. Pass., Gr. 274, 275 S. Gr.\\n164, 165. First aor. Middle, Gr. 272; S. Gr. 162.\\nIn like manner inflect Xovoo^at^ I shall loash my-\\nself Xov r^oo^ac^ I shall be washed elovCai.ir^Vy\\n1 10 ashed myself.\\nExercise XXXI.\\nFronoimce the Greek translate into English tell\\nlohere eachfopn is made and give the elements.\\n1. AovOtvat, XovOOVT^ai^^ 2. Aoy riotTac.\\nAovtrrjaoiTO an 6. .L\\\\QiJ6aTjq.. scJcv^ loimrjTfzc.\\nKovGacTO av. kovoaovco, 4. AtAvOoiuac (^lol tiie\\nmeaninoj, see Gr. 26^; S. Gr. 159). \u00e2\u0096\u00a0Ti^^udtraL,\\nktkvooiTO av. 0. AtkvGYi or Abkvotc.ktkvaoco\\nTramhrte into Greek.\\n1. We^l^all wash oiyeelves. We^^hall be wash-\\ned. 2. Tltey washed tfieipseives. If Iney may wash\\npthemsel^es. 3. They miglit wa^K tiigmselves. Let\\n^liem wasti* themselves. 4. WasK myself. Do ye\\nwash yourselves. 5. You washed yourself. You\\nwashed yourselves. We washed ourselves. 6. If we\\nmay wash ourselves. AVe might Avash om^selves.", "height": "4680", "width": "2728", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "58\\nFIRST GREEK B\\n31. Verbs (Continued)\\nPerfect system Middle (Passive), Gr;274; S,\\nGr. 164. First aor. Passive, Gr. 275, 343; S. Gr.\\n165, 264. In like manner inflect XeXov/nac^ Thave\\nwashed myself extXavadrtv (Gr. 342 S. Gr. 259,\\n264, h)y I was ordered. Inflect also the pres. sub-\\njunc. and optat of d/ni, I am, Gr. 406, 1 S. Gr.\\n277.\\nExercise XXXII.\\nPronounce the Greek translate into English tell\\nwhere each form is made and give the elements.\\n1. ylbXvTac. sXsXvTO. 2. ^Eav Xt^.v/ubvoQ fj,\\nM h^^^M^^^^i^ ^^L Q XtXi/ad-ac, 4.\\n^^^^hj r],aav iv fine print 347, Rem.\\n^^j^;;l^\\ntM\\nAvAnrco. Xv nvac 6. A tXyvrat. sXaXvviG. 7L\\nEav XtXvf^svoc ciptv, Xthuj^bvoi eirjOuv or\\n8. AtXvo oiaav or Xt^^vOifmK\\ntuv av.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He has was\\nthemselves. 2. He\\nwashed themselves. 3. Iihe may\\nhp^himself^ -They have i^asjied f^i\\ne had wasihgd himsglf^, They had\\nave washed\\nhimself. ThejTmight have washed tEemselves. 4.\\nLet him have washed himself. To have washed\\none s self. 5. He was ordered. They were ordered.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 59\\nG. If he may be ordered. If they may be ordered.\\n7. He might be ordered. They might be ordered.\\n8. Let him be ordered. Let them be ordered. To\\nbe ordered.\\n32. Verbs (Continued).\\nParticiples. Dechne Xiycov^ loosing Xv6a^^ hav\\nbig loosed Xvi^tig^ having been loosed^ Gr. 214 S.\\nGr. 121; XtXv^^co^y having loosed, Gr. 216; S. Gr.\\n123. In Hke manner decline ricov, esteeming\\nTioag, hainng esteemed; Ttrc^cco^^ having esteemed.\\nNote.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -Observe that both the perf. and the aor.\\nparticiples are translated usually by the English perf.\\nparticiple (Gr. 269; S. Gr. 159). The perf. de-\\nnotes properly present time, completed action the\\naorist, that which was brought to pass (Gr. 696 S.\\nGr. 473) simply a past event In actual use,\\nthe aorist is more frequent.\\nArticle with the participle, Gr. 498, fine print.\\nSimilar rules may be given/^etc. 786 S. Gr. 352,\\n538, a. 6 Xvcovy the one loosing, or he who looses 6\\nXvocoVy the one about to loose, or he tvho ivill loose\\n6 Xvoag, the one having loosed, or he who loosed 6\\nXtXv^cog^ the one having loosed, or he who has loosed\\n6 Xv tic, the one having been loosed, or he who was\\nloosed; 6 XtXufiSi^og^ the one having been loosed, ot\\nhe loho has been loosed, Plur. ol Xvovrtg, those (icho", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "60 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nare) loosing oi Xuooi Tt^y those about to loose, or\\nthose tcho will loose ol Xvouvrtgy those who loosed;\\noi XiXv^iOTtg, those ivho have loosed ol Xvd^bvrtgy\\nthose icho were loosed oi XtXv/idvoi. those who have\\nbeen loosed.\\nExercise XXXIII.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate into English; and\\ntell ichere each form of the participle is made.\\nNote 1 In telling ^vliere a participle is made\\nsix particulars must he given. E. g. ^tXtvcoVy pres.,\\nact., particip., nom., sing., masc. Much practice is\\nrequired to state all the particulars readily and cor-\\nrectly.\\nNote 2. Avco maybe translated, to loose, to re-\\nlease or to ransom, according to the connection *j.\\n1. O ?{tkhv(of. Oi xtAtpovTtg, z. 10)^ xthty-\\ncS^^.MQ^ TOVZXtAtVOVTOi; OQO). 6, U J^tAiVOCOV.\\n^cu^hyivoovrs^ 4. Tov^xtASuOovTCiOQCj. roi/j^^^\\n^tAtvOovTUp (Tqco, 0. 1 ov xtAtvoavTcc o^yco. rov^\\nAtvoavrac, r^-\\nriig o^ai, Tbv XvOo/LitvoVy rovg Xvoo/Ltl-vovt^\\nnoo). 10. Tbv Ivoa/Lttvov, rovg )aJO(4jLdvoi/g oqco.\\n11. Tor XtXv/utvov^ Toijg XtXuiii:vovQ oqco. 12\\n21vv TM Iv bvTL, 6VV Tolg IvdtlOLv. 13. yirr^ O", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 61\\nTov Xv svrog. vn; Q rfj^ Xv tiot]^. 14. 7V)v Xv\\nvf^tToavy Tc}^ Xu iioag oqco. 15. Tbv XovooixtvoVi\\nTOV XoVOd/iltVOV OQCO.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. In company with him who is esteeming. In\\ncompany with her who is esteeming. 2. In com-\\npany with those (men who are esteemed. In com-\\npany with those (women f who are esteemed. 3.\\nFor tlie sake of him who will order. For the sake\\nof her who will order. 4. For the sake of those\\n(men who will order. For the sake of those\\n(women f who will order. 5. For the sake of him\\nwho will be released. For the sake of her who will\\nbe released, 6. For the sake of him who has wash-\\ned himself. In company with those who have washed\\nthemselves. 7. In company with him who has been\\nreleased. In company with her Avho has been re-\\nleased. 8. In company with him who was released.\\nIn company with her who was released. 9. In\\ncompany with those (men who have been released.\\nIn company with those (women f who have been\\nreleased. 10. For the sake of those (men who\\nwere released. For the sake of those (w^omen f\\nwho were released.\\nExpressed by the masc. article.\\nExpressed by the fern, article.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "62 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n33. Verbs (Continued).\\nSecond aor. system active and middle. Gr. 383,\\n366, a; 367, a; 276; S. Gr. 254; 247, a; 248, a;\\n166.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Second perf. system act. Gr. 387 277; S.\\nGr. 257 167. In like manner with eXcTtov, inflect\\ntlXov (contracted fr. ?tXov, Gr. 312 S. Gr. 201),\\ntook subjunc. tXo) (stem ^2-) and like aXcno-\\nf.irjVy inflect tlXof^rjv, I cliose^ subjunc. tAcofiaCj\\noptat. eXoi/Liriv.\\nExercise XXXIV.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate into English; tell\\nwhere each form is made and jpoint out the eh-\\nments of several test-forms.\\nNote. The 2d aor. and 2d perf. are regularly\\ntranslated like the corresponding forms of the 1st\\naor. and 1st perf.\\n1. EXcTiov. aav Xlitcoatv. Xinouv av. XcTtSTCo-\\n6av or XtTtovrcov, 2. RXtntv. eav XItty}. Xliiol av.\\nXcTVSTO). 3. ElAsv. tiXtro. 4. Eav tXrj, savtXrj-\\nTai. 5. EXol av. tXocro ocv. 6. EXt, eXov. 7.\\nEXtlv, hXsoi^ac. 8. O kXcov. 6 eXo/nevog. 9/\\nAsXoLTiav. eav XtXol^ir}. 10. AeXoiTtoc or XtXoi-\\nTvoiT] av. XbXoiTvsrcj. 11. AeXoLn^vac. 6 XeXoi-\\nTtCOg. OVV TCp XtXoLnOTL.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "VERBS 63\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. We left. If we leave. We might leave,\\n2. We have left. If we have left. We might have\\nleft. 3. We took. We chose. 4. If we take. If\\nwe choose. 5. We might take. We might choose.\\n6. They took. They chose. 7. If they take. If\\nthey choose. 8. They might take. They might\\nchoose. 9. Let them take. Let them choose. 1\\nLet him take. Let him choose.\\n34. Verbs (Continued).\\nSecond passive system (2d aor. and 2d fut.).\\nGr. 395; 353, a; 354; 367, c, d; 278; S. Gr.\\n264; 238, b 239 248, c, d 168. In like man-\\nner inflect erQccTtriv^ I was turned svqdcpr]v^ I teas\\nnourished rgaTirjOg/LiaCy I shall he turned TQacfr]-\\noo^acy I shall he nourished.\\nExercise XXXV.\\nPronounce the Greek translate into lilnglish tell\\nwhere each form is made and give the elements\\nof several test forms,\\n1. ^EoTCcXr], aav OraAj]. OraXelr] dv. araXrjrco.\\n2. SraXrjGeTac, OvaXrjaoiTO dv, 3. ^ErQaTvrjaav.\\niav TQa:ico6LV. 4. TQaTctinoav or TQa:ititv dv.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "64 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\nTQunih vcov, 5. ErQcccprijiitv. tav TQUcpco/iitv. tqu-\\ncftuj/iitv or TQacptl/Lcbv av. 0. Er()d7t^jre. sap\\nrQai:SjTt. 7. TQaTitlrjTt or rquTitlTS av. tqcc-\\nTifjvt. 8. TQa:itivaL. 6 TQa:i;tig. 6 TQUcptig, 6\\nOvaXtig.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They were sent. If ttiey are sent. They\\nmight be sent. Let them be sent, 2. They will\\nbe sent. They would be sent (hereafter). 3. He was\\nturned. If he may be turned. 4. He might be\\nturned. Let him be turned. 5. We were sent. If\\nwe may be sent. A\u00c2\u00a5e might be sent. 6. Thou\\nwast nourished. If thou mayest be nourished. 7.\\nThou mightest be nourished. Be thou nourished.\\n8. You were nourished. If you may be nourished.,\\n9. You might be nourished. Be ye nourished. 10.\\nTo be nourished. To be turned. 11. I see him\\nwho was nourished in the hous^ of the king. 13.\\nFor the sake of those who were nourished.\\nExercise XXXVI.\\nA general review of the synopsis and inflection of\\nthe verb in all the voices (without the accompanying\\nGreek and English exercises) is recommended at\\nthis point.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 65\\n35. Verbs (Continued).\\nContract verbs in aco. Gr. 32, a, b, c, d 34,\\n98 S. Gr. 17, 18, a, b, c, d; 21, 59, a, b, c. Sy-\\nnopsis and inflection of the pres. system active of\\nTifidco, to honor. Gr. 370, 279 S. Gr. 251 169.\\nExercise XXXVIL\\nPronounce tlie Greek; translate; tell loUere each\\nform is made and how contracted,\\n1. Ttfxa. ari/^ia. 2. ^Eav tcjlic2, rtficorj av,\\n3. Ti/Liarco. rtfidv (Gr. 371, a S. Gr. 251, a).\\n4. Ttfxa^. sri/itczg. 5. ^Eav ri/nag. tcjucotjq av.\\nTijLia.\\nNote. The form of the optat. in olrjv is more\\ncommon in the sing, of contract verbs^ especially in\\nthe 1st and 2d persons; in verbs in dco it is used\\nalmost exclusively but in the dual and plur. the\\nlonger form is less frequent and i i the 3d plur. the\\nending oirjoav is very rare. Kiihner, 137, 4.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. We are honoring. We were honoring. 2. If\\nwe may be honoring. We might be honoring. 3.\\nThey are honoring. They w^ere honoring. 4. If\\nthey may be honoring. They might be honoring.\\n5. Let the be honoring. To be honoring. 6. Ye", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "60 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nare honoring. If ye may be honoring. Be ye hon\\noring. 7. Ye were honoring. Ye might be honor,\\ning. 8. I might be honoring. He might be hon-\\noring.\\n36. Contract Verbs (Continued).\\nSynopsis and inflection of the present system\\nmiddle (passive) of tl^ccod, Gr. 279 S. Gr. 169.\\nIn Hke manner with Tc/Li{aG))o)y inflect 6(){ccco)oj^\\nI am seeing, or see imperf. kcoQ(^aov)cov (Gr.\\n312 S. Gr. 201, a), was seeing, or saw. In\\nhke manner with Tcu(ao)(5/uaiy inflect Middle\\n7itLQ(ao)(jo/Liaiy I am trying (for myself, or with my\\nown resources), Gr. 689, 690 S. Gr. 467, 463\\nPassive o( (c^o)65//r^^^ I am seen (i. e. am being seeii).\\nExercise XXXVIII.\\nPronounce the Greek translate tell where each\\nform is made from what it is contracted and\\ngive the rule for the contraction.\\nTranslate as passive 1. Tc/udrai, ear rcjudrai.\\n2. ^Eri/Lidto. Tc/LiMTO dv. 3. Tl^iciG co. TtfxdC)-\\n{hac, 4. Tifj^doOt, edy Tt^cdo t. sn/Lcdo t. 5.\\nToV TC/LlCOILttVOV OQCOUtV, 6. Tovg TC/LtOJUbVOV^\\neojQco/Litv, 7. OQdrac. iav ogdvac. acogdio, 8.\\n0()dC)dt, adv oQdoOt. oqdodco. Translate as\\nmiddle: 1. TTttQdrac, sdv ntiQdrai. i^, nbi.QoJv-", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0080\u00a2CONTRACT VERBS. 07\\nrau sav TTtiQCovrai^ 3. ^ETitiQavo. sn;ei()0)VTO. 4.\\nUacQcoTO av. ttscqcovto av. 5. UtcQco (as imper-\\native), TvtcQda e (as indie, and as imperat). 6. Tov\\nTiscoco/Lctvov oQars (as indie, and as imperat.).\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. He is honoring. He is honored. 2. He is\\nseeing. He is seen. 3. He was honoring. He\\nwas seeing. 4. They were honoring. They were\\nseeing. 5. I am honoring. If I may be honoring.\\nBe thou honored. 6. He is honoring. If he may\\nbe honoring. Thou art honored. If thou mayest be\\nhonored. 7. We see those who are honored. 8.\\nHonor the king. 9. They see or are seeing. They\\nare seen. 10. They saw or were seeing. They were\\nseen. 11. He might honor or be honoring. They\\nmio;ht honor or be honorino;. 12. He mio ht be\\nhonored. They might be honored. 13. He honors\\nor is honoring. Honor thou or be thou honoring.\\n14. He sees or is seeing. See thou or be thou see-\\ning. 15. Let him be honored. Let him try (for\\nhimself). 16. To honor. To be honored. 17. To\\nS3e.^^ To be seen. 18. Thou wast seeing. He was\\nseeing.\\nTranslate by the Pres. which denotes continned action, Gr.\\n262 S. Gr. 153.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "08 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\n37. Contract Verbs (Continued).\\nContracts in aco. Gr. 32, a, b, c, d; 34 34, exo.\\na; 35, b; 9S; 280; S. Gr. 17; 18, a, b, c, d; 21;\\n59, a, b, c; 170. Synopsis and inflection of the\\npres. system active of cptXLco. In like manner in-\\nflect dc)d^i:v{lzco)oj^ I am loeak, am ill. Imperf.\\ni]60av{tov)ov}^ (Gr. 309; S. Gr. 199); noc{ao))(;i,\\nI do, I make ^a).{aco)(Oy I call.\\nExercise XXXIX.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate; tell where each\\nform is made and explain the contraction.\\n1. Pi?.al. qnXei. 2. ^EcflXtc. r)adavtc. 3. ^E(fi-\\n/Mvv. iiO avovv, 4. Rav cpcXfi. (fcXoirj av. 5.\\n^Eav (fiXcoOcv, cfiXohv civ. 6. Tc/Ltco6cr. (fi-\\nXovOcv. 7. Tifxdv. (pi).ttv. 8. 7 01^ daO^tvovvrcc\\nio)Q(ov. 9. ^AoiQ^tvov/Litv. dodtvtlrt. 10. 77c;-\\nx)tvoif[.ttv. iioOtvtlTt, 11. Tov (pcXovria lojQC4.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He is doing. Do thou, or be thou doing*\\n2. He was doing. They were doing. 3. If he\\nmay be doing. He might be doing.* 4. If they\\nmay be doing. They might be doing. 5. To be\\ndoing. I see those who are doing. 6. We are\\nSee ^^ote, Exercise XXXVII.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "CONTRACT VERBS. 69\\ndoing. We were doing. 7. Ye are doing. Be ye\\ndoing. Ye were doing. 8. To be doing. To be\\nhonoring. 9. He calls. Be tlion calling. 10. Let\\nliim be calling. Let him be honoring. IL I might\\nbe calling.* I might be doing. I might be honor-\\ning.\\n3S. Contract Verbs (Continued).\\nContracts in aco continued. Gr. 280 S. Gr.\\n170. Synopsis and inflection of the present system\\nmiddle (passive) of (fcX(J:co)co. In like manner in-\\nflect 7ioc(ao)oi)/Lcai^ I make or do (for myself or\\nw^ith my own resources); xccl{to)ovi.iaL^ I am\\ncalled.\\nExercise XL.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate; tell cohere each\\nform is made and hoio contracted.\\nTrans, as Pass. 1. 4^iXtTrcu, ecfiXtiro, 2.\\n4^iXovvTac. tcpiXovvTO. 3. Eav cptXtirca, tav cft-\\nXcovTCCc, 4. 4 cXoho ai\\\\ cfckolvro ccv. 5. ^c-\\nXtiai)^co. (pcXtio ojOav or g:cXtiOi}^cov. 6. ^^iXov-\\nfitxha, 8(p(Xovf^it{}^a, 7. Eav cftXcojuti/a* (fiXoi\\n/utifu av. 8. fPi?.tio a, ecfiXtlodt. 9. Euv\\n(ftXrioOt. (pcXoIo t ar. 10. 01 (pcXovfitvoc. (fc^\\nXtio ac. Tov^ q)cXoujLiai^oi/g oqco,\\nSee Is\\\\)te, Exercise XXXVII.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "70 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He ia calling. He is called. 2. He was\\ncalling. He was called, 3. They are calling. They\\nare called. 4. They were calling. They were call-\\ned. 5. He might be calling. He might be called.\\n6. They might be calling. They might be called.\\n7. If he may be called. If they may be called. 8.\\nHe is doing. Thou art doing (for thyself). 9. If\\nhe may be doing. If thou mayest be. doing (for\\nthyself). 10. Ye are doing (for yourselves). Be\\nye doing (for yourselves). 11. He is doing. Be\\nthou doing. 12. To be calling. To be called.\\n39. Contract Verbs (Continued).\\nContracts in oco. Gr. 32, a, b, c, d 34 34,\\nexc. a; 35, c; 98; S. Gr. 18, 21, 22, b; 59. Sy-\\nnopsis and inflection of the present system, active\\nand middle (passive) of drfKooi^ ojy to manifest, Gr.\\n281 S. Gr. 171.\\nExercise XLL\\nPronounce the Greek translate tell loliere each\\nform is made and hoiv contracted.\\n1. Tiiia. (fcXtL d/j?Mi. 2. TijucoOiv. (fiKov^\\nOcv, ^fjXoifOtv. 3. Ti/Lidrac. (fcXtiTac, (^fiXoiircci,", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 71\\n4. Tc/iuovrac. (piXovvrac. duXovvvccc. 5. ^Kri^ia.\\nicfiXti, sd/jXov. 6. ^Erificov. scflXouv, adijXovp.\\n7. Tijua. (fiXiiL. dtjXov. 8. Tifxavco, cpcXtlrco.\\nhi]kovT(o, 9. Tcf^iarj civ, cfJiXoir] civ. dr/?iOir] civ.\\n10. ^ErcficcTO. acficXtlro. sd/jXouro. 11. Eavrcua.\\niav (pcXfi. aav d/jXoL\\nTranslate vito Greek.\\n1. He manifests. If he manifest. He might\\nmanifest. Thou art manifesting (for thyself). If\\nthou manifest (for thyself). 2. Do thou be mani-\\nfesting. Do thou be manifesting (for thyself). 3.\\nTo be honorino;. To be lovins;. To be manifestins;.\\n4. We see those who are honoring. 5. We see\\nthose who are loving. 6. We see those who are\\nmanifestino;. 7. I might be callino;.* I mio;ht be\\nmanifesting. I might be honoring.\\n40. Verbs (Continued).\\nRepeat the principal parts of Xvco. Gr. 2G6,\\nRem. c S. Gr. 156, b. In like manner rici(^ccco)cd,\\nTiufjOco (Gr. 335; S. Gr. 2\\\\2),8ri)ini6c^y T6T/\\\\iifi^a^\\nr^Tifir^/LU^iy enjLi/j rjv (Gr. 285 S. Gr. 175)\\n(f.iX{e(o)cOy q:iX)]ocOy ecfiXiioay nbCfiXyi^ca (Gr. 65, a\\nS. Gr. 37, a), :vtcpiXrjuai^ scfcXrj fjVy Gr. 287 S.\\nSee Note, Exercise XXXYTT.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "72 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nGr. 177 8/^X(6co)cOy d/jXcoOco^ eS/jXcoOay Std/jXco^af\\nSt8iilcoucu, ad^lcod^riv, Gr. 289; S. Gr. 179.\\nExercise XLII.\\nGive the principal parts present, future, aorist\\n(1st or 2d), and perfect, active perfect middle\\n(passive) and aorist passive of the following\\nverbs\\nd^c{oco)o)y d^ccoacoy rj^icooa (Gr. 309 S. Gr. 199),\\n^vk. to tJi hik worthy y to demand, to ask.\\nolx{h(o)cOy oi^rjOcOy co^ijda (Gr. 310 S. Gr. 199, b),\\n^T\u00e2\u0082\u00ac. intrans. to dwell, trans, to inhabit,\\nTiOLBcOy cOy noLrjOcOy xrk, to do^ to make,\\nnoXtf^iacoy coy TcoXt/urjoojy xxh, trans, to wage war\\nupon, intrans. to carry on tear.\\nTioXtOQ^iUoy cOy 7\u00e2\u0082\u00aco7s.LOQxr]6(X)y xrh. to besiege.\\ncocptX{8co)oj, cocf.tXrjOcOy ^rh, (Gr. 309, end. The\\nlong vowels, etc. S. Gr. 199 a), to benefit, to\\nassist.\\nr) ovXXoyt]y gen. avXXoyrj2y the levy.\\nPronounce the Greek translate give the principal\\nparts; infiect and tell where made.\\n1. Erificov. erijLir^Ocjcv. 2. TtTLi^nixaOtv. ar^-\\nTCfzrj^tOav. 3. TtTi/Lirivrai. \u00c2\u00a3TL/iir] r]()av. 4.\\n^EcpiXtc. 8fplXrj6bv. 5. IItcplXr]T(4c. ecftkrid^r]. 6.\\n^PiXtl, (fi7ji6tt. 7. ^EhriXov. e^r iXcootv. 8. Jfi-", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nXovOlv. dfjXcoOovacv. 9. Jt8j]Xcovrac, id/jXcoi^fi-^\\nOay. 10. Tijv ovXXoyijv e:ioitt, 11. T^v auXXo-\\ny/jp iniouiTO. 12. ^H ouXXoyi] a^oitlro. 13. ITo-\\nXtutl. TVoXt/LcrjOtc. 14. E:ioXb/Ltti6tv, :i;t7ioXs/nr}y{ti\\\\\\n15. IToXtjLitlv. TioXt/LirjOac. IG. Ti]v noXiv a:iO\\nXiOQ^riatv. f] noXcq, 8:ioXLOQxridiri, 17. Jl^covrai,\\nd^ccod-tiOtrat. IS. Tc/nfjg /jSico r/, 19. ^Aicol,\\nd^tcootc. 20. Ev TJj noXtL cp?fti (Gr. 310; S. Gr.\\n199, b). 21. Ev rfi avrfi noXtc cp^crjOtv, 22. Ttjp\\nTtoXtv avTrjv cocftXtl, 23. Triv tioXcv TavTi]v cocps-\\nXtc (render as iraperat. and asimperf., Gr. 309, end\\nS. Gr. 199, a). 24. H/lccc^ cocf aXrjOtv.\\nTranslate into GreeJc.\\n1. He was honoring. He honored. 2. He has\\nhonored. He had honored. 3. He has been hon-\\nored. He ^Yas honored. 4. They were loving.\\nThey loved. 5. They have been loved. They were\\nloved. 6. They love. They will love. 7. They\\nwere manifesting. They manifested. 8. They were\\nmaking the levy. 9. They were making (for them-\\nselves) the levy. 10. They were besieging the city.\\n11. They besieged the city. 12. He besieged the\\ncities. 13. The cities were besies-ed. 14. The kino;\\nwill* besiege the city. 15. The city will be besieged.\\n16. They were deemed worthy of honor. 17. They\\nlived in the same cities. 18. We live in this city.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "74 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\n41. Verbs (Continued).\\nContract verbs. Mute verbs. Gr. 324 S. Gr.\\n210.\\nGive the principal parts of the folloioing verbs y and\\nexplain the mode of formation, tracing the ste/M\\nand its changes through all the forms.\\ndXlccooco^ Att. dXXdvTco (Gr. 328^ a S. Gr. 223),\\ndXXd^co (Gr. 21 S. Gr. 11), rfkXa^a^ rikXa/a\\n(Gr. 387, b S. Gr, 257, e), nklayi^uu, 7)1-\\nld/ riv (Gr. 44 S. Gr. 26), usu. r)Udyriv\\n(Gr. 294; S. Gr. 184), to exchange.\\nS^rjQd(o,6i, {}riQd6(o (Gr. 335; 29; S. Gr. 212;\\n15, a), eO^riqaOUy Tti} ijQaxa (Gr. 65, a; S;\\nGr. 37, a), xtL Gr. 286 S. Gr. 176, to hmit.\\nXtino)y XtiifjG) (Gr. 21 S. Gr. 11), iXtnov (Gr.\\n326 S. Gr. 221), IslotTia (Gr. 387, a S.\\nGr. 257, b), XeXu/Lcinac (Gr. 46 S. Gr. 28),\\nsXtUpthrjv (Gr. 44 S. Gr. 26), to leave.\\n^i:Tvco (Gr. 327 S. Gr. 222), Qiipco, tQQupa (Gr.\\n43; S. Gr. 33), tQQupa (Gr. 319, exc. d; S.\\nGr. 205, a), ;-r Gr. 293 S. Gr. 183, to throio,\\nto cast.\\nTtXbcoy cj, TtKbOco or TtXci (Gr. 374 S. Gr. 252,\\ne), STbXtoa^ TtTbXtxa^ rtTsXto/iiac (Gr. 390,\\nboth coarse and fine print S. Gr. 259), ^V^-", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 75\\nUa nv (Gr,396, a; S. Gr. 264, b), Gr. 288\\nS. Gr. 178, to complete, to end.\\nNote. A perfect mastery of all the principles\\ninvolved in the above changes will amply repay the\\nlearner, in the greater thoroughness and ease with\\nwhich the subsequent work will be accomplished.\\nExercise XLIII.\\nPronounce the GreeJc translate tell ichere each\\nform is made and hoio formed.\\n1. ^E ijQCov. 6 r]Qa6av. 2. OtjQGJOiv. StiQu-\\nOovOiV. 3. Qr]ocu)tL. -d^rjQCjcOtTCCL. d^riqad liotrac.\\n4. Tt rjQccTac. aTtdr]QCCTO, 5. ^Ed^riQcadro. tur}-\\nQu Tj. 6. ^EveXtt, STaXbOtv. 7. TtXtl (as pres.\\nand as fat.), TtXthcu (as pres. and as fut.) 8.\\nErtXtlro. ertXaaaro. 9. TtXolrj (as pres. and as\\nfut.) av. TtXaotctv av. 10. AacTiovacv. Xtlipou\\naiv. 11. ^EXtiTcofxtv, aXiTTO/ubv. 12. Eav XaiTt)].\\naav XiTiri. 13. AtiTitLV. XcTitlv. 14. 01 XtiTcov-\\nTtg, ol Xc:iovTtg. 15. JttiTvtG ac, XiTzaod^ac. 16.\\nEQQtTVVtV, tQQllpbV, 17. ^EQQLlpaTO. aQQiCpd t],\\n18. VlifJtL, qiiptrcxL. Qicp rjatTCjci. 19. HXXaTTtv.\\nriXXcittv. 20. AXXavrai, aXXa^tt.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He was hunting. He hunted. 2. He is\\nhunting. He is hunted. 3. They hunted (for them-", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "76 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nselves). They were hunted. 4. They were com-\\npletmg. They completed. 5. They are completing.\\nThey will complete. 6. They were completing (for\\nthemselves). They completed (for themselves). 7.\\nHe is leaving. He will leave. 8. He was leaving.\\nHe left. 9. If they may be leaving. If they may\\nleave. 10. We see those who are leaving. We see\\nthose wlio left. II. They are casting. They will\\ncast. 12. They were casting. They (did) cast.\\n1 3. They were exchanging. They exchanged. 14.\\nHe has left. He has cast. He has exchanged. 15.\\nHe has completed. He has hunted.\\n42. Verbs (Continued).\\nMute verbs. Liquid verbs. Gr. 324 S. Gr.\\n210.\\nGive the principal parts and also the spiopsis of\\nthe different systems of the following verbs\\nTisl coy Titiaco (Gr. 47 S. Gr. 29), ;^r6. to per-\\nsuade, Gr. 295 S. Gr. 185. The 2d perf. and\\npluperf. are intrans. and also used as pres. and\\nimperf. in meaning, to trust mid. to obey.\\nFor consonant and vowel changes in the stem,\\nsee Gr 45, 46, 47, 387, a S. Gr. 27, 28, 29,\\n257, a.\\nidi ^co (Gr. 328, b S. Gr. 223, c), i t^ (Gr. 376;", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 77\\nS. Gr. 252, f), ti caa (Gr. 312; S. Gr. 201),\\n^T\u00e2\u0082\u00ac. to accustom, Gr. 296 S. Gr. 186.\\naiaXXcoy avtXco (Gr. 373 S. Gr. 252), tortiXa\\n(Gr. 382 S. Gr. 253), toraX^ca (Gr. 319,\\nexc. b 386, c; S. Gr. 205, a; 256, c), ^vL\\nto send, Gr. 290 S. Gr. 180.\\ncpalvco (Gr. 328, d S. Gr. 223, f), cpavoj^ xvh. to\\nshow; pass, and mid. to ajj^ear, Gr. 291 S.\\nGr. 181. Also synopsis and inflection of the\\nfut. and 1st aor. Gr. 282, 283; S. Gr. 172,\\n173.\\nExercise XLIV.\\nPronounce the Greek translate; tell where each form\\nis made and give the elements of several test-\\nforms,\\n1. Ejieidtv. tTvtcObv. 2. ITtt 8. Titloov. 3.\\nIT87V8c;\u00e2\u0082\u00acbv, TvsTcoc tv. 4. UtiotL^ Tveloevac. 5.\\n^Edi^tc. ed^cbL 6. Ei L^tv. ti dtatv. 7. Etdc-\\nX8V, tt{fixtu 8. Ei i^8T0, tid^icyavo. 9. ^veX-\\nXtL, OrtXtL 10/ EareiXtv. tOrc/X^ev. 11. 2rsX-\\nXs. orblXov. 12. 2Ts7.Xeiv, orttXac, 13. Oi\\nOvaXXovTtQ. ol OvtlXavTb^. 14. ^EoraXr], GvaXr\\n6tTau 15. Paivtc. (pavtl. 16. Ecpatvtv. tcpr]-\\nvtv. 17. 01 (palvovrt:;. ol cpavovvTsg. ol cpr]-\\nvavT8Q. 18. ^alvtrac, qjavtlrac. 19. ^aivo-\\n^t a. (pavov^td-a, 20. ^Ecpalvsro. scpavrj, 21.\\ni^alvt6 ac. (pavrjvac. 22. 01 cpc^vsvreg. ol ara*\\nXsvTb2. ol ntL0 8vre2,\\n^Jk", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "78\\nFIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They were persuading. They persuaded. 2.\\nTo be persuading. To persuade. 3. They have\\npersuaded.. They trust. 4. They will persuade.\\nThey will obey. 5. I see those who are persuading.\\nI see those who are obeying. 6. We shall persuade.\\nWe shall obey. 7. We shall accustom. They will\\naccustom. 8. They accustomed. They have ac-\\ncustomed. 9. We shall send. They will send. 10.\\nI sent. I was sent. 11. They sent. They were\\nsent. 12. They will send. They will be sent.\\n13. They will show. They will appear. 14. We\\nshall show. We shaU appear. 15. Ye will accus-\\ntom. Ye will send. 16. Ye will show. Ye will\\nappear. 17. We sent. We showed.\\n43. Verbs (Continued).\\nPerf. mid. and first pass, systems of rt7.8(o and\\n(faivco and perf. mid. (pass.) of oraXXco. Gr. 284\\n392; 51; S. Gr. 174; 261; SO, c.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 79\\nExercise XLV.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate tell where each\\nform is made; and give the elements of several\\ntestforms.\\nTranslate as micl. 1. TtTsXtOrac. TartXta/idvoc\\ndalv. 2. ^Evtrtl^OTO. TtTtXtauavoc r^oav. 3.\\nTranslate as pass. EoraXrac (Gr. 386, c S. Gr.\\n256, c), tOTaXro. 4. ^E6tccXu8voc tioiv. iOraX-\\n/LtavoL 7]6av. 5. TtTbXbG^au eCraXd ai (Gr. 54\\nS. Gr. 31).\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He has appeared. They have appeared. 2.\\nHe had appeared. They had appeared. 3. We\\nhave appeared. We had appeared. 4. To have ap-\\npeared. I see those who have appeared. 5. You\\nhave completed (for yourselves). You have been\\nsent. You have appeared. 6. Thou hast been sent.\\nThou hast appeared.\\n44. Verbs (Continued).\\nPerf. mid. and first pass, systems of qItttco, aX-\\nXccaao). sXsyj/co, and nti^co. Gr. 284; 44,45, 46,\\n47 S. Gr. 174 26, 27, 28, 29. Reduplication\\nof eXsyxio, Gr. 321 S. Gr. 207.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "80 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nExercise XLVI.\\nPronounce the Greek translate tell loliere each\\nform is made and give the elements of several\\nforms.\\n1. EQQL%rau tQQCTiTO, 2. EQQc/.t/x8voc sialv.\\niQQCjLijLisvoc fjOav. 3 ^EQQicfii^rj. 8ai qicp fi. 4.\\nEgQicpi^ac, Qtcpi^fjvac. 5. HXXa^rac, r]XXaxTO.\\n6. EXtiXty/Liavoc rpav, rjXby^ rjOav. 1 TLtntiC)-\\n/LitOa. 8^b:itl6^itda. 8. E:itia{) t]f.itv, aav Tctc-\\nO COUtV. 9. TItLOdt]Tt, TtizLO ilTb* 10. ToiJ2, TltL\\na avrag kcoQcov. rov iXby/ 8VTa kcoQa. 11. Tov\\ndXXa^ avva ogd. 12. Eocv nbLO f]. eccv 7iei6 C0\\n/utv.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They have been exchanged. They had been\\nexchanged. 2. He has been convicted. He had\\nbeen convicted. 3. We have been convicted. We\\nhad been convicted. 4. Thouhadst been convicted.\\nDo thou have been convicted. 5. Ye have been\\nthrown. Ye had been thrown. 6. He has been\\npersuaded. He had been persuaded. 7. They have\\nbeen persuaded. They had been persuaded. 8. To\\nhave been persuaded. To be persuaded. 9. He\\nsees those who have been persuaded. 10 He was\\nseeing the one who had been persuaded.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 81\\n45. Reflexive Pronouns. Reciprocal Pro-\\nnoun.\\ndXXrjXoiv Tizh, one another.\\nGr. 235; 237 688, a; 538, a. In fine print,\\nposition of the reflexive genitives. S. Gr. 135,\\n136 382, d, gen. of reflex, pron.\\nPhrases. To do good, dyad^a (ace. plur. neut.)\\nnoitlv or TioifpccL, To do evil, xa; d (ace. plur.\\nneut.) Ttoctlv or TToifjarci.\\nExercise XLVII.\\nTranslate into English and parse each reflexive and\\nreciprocal pronoun.\\nNote. In parsing a Greek word, the learner\\ncan follow the same method to which he has alreadv\\nbecome accustomed in parsing corresponding Latin\\nwords.\\n1. ^EavTOv cpiXtl. 2. Tov havTOV dStXcfov\\n(ptXtL 3. TOV 8fiavTOV ddtXcjpov cfcXco. 4. //jiidg\\navvovq, gjcXoijjLUV. 5. td^c^a aavrov dya d nottlv\\n(Gr. 763, 764, b S. Gr. 527). 6. havzov ti c^s\\nxaxu TTOcblv. 7. vf-iccg avrovg edi^tra dycjtdd\\nTvoulv. 8. dXXiqXocQ (Gr. 595, b; S. Gr. 431, b)\\niztTiold^aCiv, 9. dXXrjXovg cpiXovocv. 10. Ocfdg\\navrovg (fiXovOLV. 11. riixlv avrolg TttTcoi afibw\\n12. vf^iiv avToig 7tt:i:oi aT8. 13. rov (Gr. 527, d", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "82 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nS. Gr. 377, d) dStXrpbv (pcXovOcy, rov kavrcov\\nddtXcfoy cfckovOLV. rov ddtXcpov avrcjv (pcXov^\\n6iv.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He persuades liimself. 2. He trusts himself\\n(Gr. 595, b S. Gr. 431, b). 3. He persuades his\\nown brother to do evil. 4. We accustom ourselves\\nto do good. 5. They accustomed themselves to do\\nevil. 6. They trust themselves. 7. Accustom your-\\nself to trust your own friends. 8. I accustom any-\\nself to trust my own friends. 9. We trust one\\nanother. 10. They honor one another. 11. They\\naccustomed themselves to honor one another. 12.\\nAVe were accustoming ourselves to do good. 13.\\nAmong one another. In behalf of one another. 14.\\nThey love one another. 15. He loves his brother.\\nHe loves his own brother. He loves his (some other\\nperson s) brother.\\navTcov^ their^ denoting some other persons than the subject of\\n46. Veiibs in ML\\nGr. 332; 355; 399; 297; S. Gr. 227; 240;\\n2GG; 187. Synopsis and inflection of the pres.\\nsystem, active and middle, of rid r][.Uy to put, to place.\\nGr. 367, c, d S. Gr. 248, c, d.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 83\\nExercise XLVIII.\\nPronounce the Greek; translate tell where each\\nform is made and [live the elements of several\\ntestforms.\\n1. Tid^riOLv, Tl ivac. 2. fV/^^^ (Gr. 401, h\\nS. Gr. 2G8, a). irl tTO. 3. eav ri^fi. sav Ti ij-\\nTcu (Gr. 400, 3, i, k S. Gr. 269). 4. TL tlri av.\\ntc oIto av (the forms in oc were preferred to those\\nin tc). 5. Tt^erco. tci)^86 co. 6. ol rc avrtg. ol\\nTC^eUtVOC. 7. Tltf^t^UV. TC 6f.lbx)a. 8. STi^eiLttv.\\nhi af.u u. 9. Tc tliLttv (the shorter forms were\\npreferred) av. rc^olutd^a av. 10. Tc tltv av.\\nTciJ^oiVTO av. 11. Tci^avac. ri tc at.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. They are putting. They are putting (for\\nthemselves). 2. If they may be putting. If they\\nmay be putting (for themselves). 3. Ye might be\\nputting. Ye might be putting (for yourselves). 4.\\nYe are putting. Be ye putting. Ye are putting (for\\nyourselves). Be ye putting (for yourselves). 5.\\nThey were putting. They were putting (for them-\\nselves). 6. Be thou putting. Be thou putting (for\\nthyself). 7. Among those who are putting. Among\\nthose who are putting (for themselves).", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "84 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n47. Verbs in MI (Continued).\\nGr. 355; 298; S. Gr. 240; 188. Synopsis\\nand inflection of the pres. system act. and mid. of\\ndidcojucy to give.\\nExercise XLIX.\\nPronounce the Greek translate tell where each\\nform is made and give the elements of several\\ntestforms.\\n1. Jidofibv, edidojLitv, 2. diSoji/i a, ^diSo-\\nfi6 cc. 3. \u00e2\u0082\u00acccv didcojLuv (Gr. 400, 3, i, k S. Gr.\\n269). sav didcojLie a. 4. 8cbo7/iitv av. 3cdoiiiit{) a\\nav. 5. TOvQ didovTcxg OQCo/uev. 6. roug dido jus-\\nvovg icoQcojLiev. 7. blScoOcv. edldov (Gr. 401, h\\nS. Gr. 268, a). 8. diSoirj av. didolTO av.\\nTranslate into Greeh.\\n1. Thou art giving. Thou wast giving. 2.\\nThou art giving (for thyself, or of thine own re-\\nsources). Thou wast giving (for thyself). 3. If I\\nmay be giving. If he may be giving. If thou\\nmay est be giving (for thyself). 4. Give thou. Give\\nthou (for thyself). 5. He loves to give. They love\\nto give (of their own resources). 6. They are\\n(being) given. They were (being) given. 7. If\\nthey may be given (Gr. 400, 3 S. Gr. 269). They\\nmight be given. 8. Let him give. Let him be\\ngiven.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 85\\n48. Verbs in MI (Continued).\\nSynopsis and inflection of the pres. system act.\\nand mid. of lOrrjjuc^ to set (trans.). Gr. 299 S. Gr.\\n189.\\nExercise L.*\\nPronounce the Greek; translate; tell loliere each\\nform is made and give the elements of several\\ntestforms.\\n1. lovrjacv. iOrcxrac. 2. LOrrj, I araro, 3. la-\\nrarov. lOraO ov. 4. sav lavo)6cv (Gr. 400, 3\\nS. Gr. 269). eav tarcovTcu. 5. tovaUv av. la-\\nralvTO av, 6. lovavco, lovaO oi, 7. lOravrcov.\\nioTcia cov. 8. rov^ iOTavrag oQOjfiav. 9. rovg\\nlOTafisvovg OQC06LV, 10. av rolg loTaacv. vtisq\\nTcov ioTavTcov, 11. av Tolg lOTaf^ievocg. 12, iOicc-\\nfuv. laTd/j.a a.\\nTranslate into GreeJc.\\n1. He was setting. Be thou setting. 2. If he\\nmay be setting. If thou be setting (for thyself). 3.\\nYe are setting. Ye were setting. Be ye setting.\\n4. Ye are setting (for yourselves). Ye were setting\\n(for yoin-selves). Be ye setting (for yom^selves).\\nIt is hoped that the use of the transitive verb set^ in this and\\nthe following exercises, will lead no careless scholar to the use of\\nthis word in place of the intransitive, sit^ in any English sentence,", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "86 FIRST GllEEK BOOK.\\n5. Thou art setting (for thyself). Be thou setting\\n(for thyself). 6. They are setting (for themselves)\\nIfthey may be settmg (for themselves). 7. They\\nwere setting. They were settmg (for themselves).\\n8. They are putting. They are giving. They are\\nsetting. 9. Put thou. Give thou. Set thou. 10.\\nPut thou (for thyself). Give thou (for thyself).\\nSet thou (for thyself). 11. They are putting (for\\nthemselves). They are giving (for themselves).\\nThey are setting (for themselves).\\n49. Verbs in MI (Continued).\\nSynopsis and inflection of the present system\\nact. and mid. of dtlxvufxc^ to shoiu. Gr. 300 S. Gr.\\n190. Synopsis and inflection of the aor. act. and\\nmid. oirii^fic, Gr. 402; 301; S. Gr. 271; 191.\\nExercise LL\\nPronounce the Greeh translate; tell wliere each\\nform is made and (jive the elements of several\\ntestforms.\\n1. /Itixvv^. sdti^vug, o dec?cvvg. 2. htixw\\nCat. da.ixvv6 3. sSei^vvoo. delxvuoo. 4. dtcx-\\nvvTCo, htLXVvod^co. 5. e r]?{tv. t tro. 6. t ^6av.\\ntVTO. 7. eav O-cojLitv. euv cofct a, 8. ?9^6/-\\nTj/Liev av. -doiu^Oa av. 9. iav g)6lv, iav cov-", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "87\\naL 10. -d^axo). O^to^co. 11. Tovi davrag hcoQCj-\\nfitv. 12. t ov. -d^ov.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. Thou art putting. Thou art giving. Thou\\nart setting. Thou art showing. 2. He was putting.\\nHe was giving. He was setting. He was show-\\ning. 3. Be thou putting. Be thou giving. Be\\nthou setting. Be thou showing. 4. He might be\\nputting. He might be giving. He might be set-\\nting. He might be showing. 5. He might be\\nputting (for himself). He might be giving (for\\nhimself). He might be setting (for himself). He\\nmight be shomng (for himself). 6. We are putting\\n(for ourselves). We are giving (for ourselves).\\nWe are setting for (ourselves). We are showing (for\\nourselves). 7. He was putting. He put. 8. He\\nwas putting (for himself). He put (for himself).\\n9. They were putting. They put. 10. If they may\\nbe putting. If they may put. 11. If they may be\\nputting (for themselves). If they may put (for\\nthemselves). 12. Be thou putting. Put thou. 13.\\nBe thou putting (for thyself). Put thou (for thy\\nself).", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "88 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n50. Verbs- IN MI (Continued).\\nSynopsis and inflection of bldco/nc in the aorist\\nactive and middle of LOvrjfzc and dvco in the aor.\\nactive; and of r^Jz:;?.^^ in the 2d perf. system. Gr.\\n303, 303, 304, 305; S. Gr. 192,193, 194, 195.\\nExercise LII.\\nPronoimce the GreeJc translate; tell where each\\nform is made and give the elements of several\\nforms,\\n1. ^Eav Sco. sap dcp. 2. dog. dou, 3. edoj^ i^\\n(Gr. 403 S. Gr. 271). edoro. 4. e dodav. eSov-\\nTO. 5. do/rj av, dolro av. 6. holtv av. doivro\\nUP. 7. dors. 86a e. 8. tOvr], tOvrjxtv (Gr. 416,\\n1 S. Gr. 288, a). 9. eOrrjOav, kardocp. 10. aap\\nOTCo/j^tv. accp \u00e2\u0082\u00acOTCo/ittp. 11. Ovair] av. tOvairi av.\\n12. OvTjTt. tOrare. 13. roi/g Oravrag OQars. 14.\\nTovg koTOjvag oqccts. 15. t8v. edvaap. 16. sap\\nducjjuev. dvoiji/tp av. 17. dui9 c. dvrs.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. He is giving. He was giving. He gave.\\n2. If I may give. If I may be giving. 3. If he\\nmay give. If he may be giving. 4.* If thou give.\\nIf thou give (for thyself). 5. To be giving. To\\ngive. To give (for one s self). 6. He stood. He", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 89\\nwas standing (pluperf. 3d pers. sing. Gr. 416, 1\\nS. Gr. 288, a). 7. I am setting (placing). I am\\nstanding (Gr. 416, 1 S. Gr. 288, a). 8. They were\\nsetting. They were standing. They stood. 9. To\\nbesetting. To be standing. To stand. 10. Those\\nwho are setting. Those who are standing. Those\\nwho stood. 11. He entered. They entered. 12.\\nIf he may enter. He might enter. 13. See those\\nwho entered. 14. Stand thou. Be thou standing.\\n51. Vekbs in mi (Continued).\\nGive orally, and also write out, the principal\\nparts of Ti rj/Lic, didco/u^ Ihrrj/ui^ and ^tixvvjxc. Gr.\\n403, 2, 4, 5; 442, 3; S. Gr. 300.\\nNote. Great pains will be requisite to learn\\nthese forms correctly.\\nExercise LIII.\\nVocabulary.\\nd QOt^cOy d QoiacA), rj Q0c6ay rj QOt^a^ rj QOcafiai\\n(Gr. 46; S. Gr. 28), ri qola nv (Gr. 45 S.\\nGr. 27), to assemble.\\nuTtOy prep. w. the gen. only, from.\\nccTvoSu^vv/ui (Gr. 614 313 323 71 S. Gr.\\n301; 202; 209; 41), to show from, to show\\nforth, to publish, to appoint.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "90 FIRST GREEK. BOOK.\\nirtiy prep. w. gen. dat. or ace, tipo7i^ at; w. the ace.\\nto a position on^ to, towards.\\n\u00c2\u00a3:icdti^vvfic, to point to, to exltihit.\\nKaOrcoXog^ ov^ 6^ a proper name^ Castolus Kaorco-\\nXov Ttadiovy the plain of Castolus, used as a\\nproper name, hence the article is omitted, Gr.\\n530, a; S. Gr. 379, b.\\no^j rj, Oy relat. pron. wJio, which, what,\\noaog, oar], ooovy as much as plur., as many as.\\nTtccg, Tidaa^ ndv (Gr. 160, exc. b; S. Gr. 92, b),\\nevery, all (collectively) plur. all (distribu-\\ntively).\\nTtavrtg oaoc^ all, as many as Ttccprtg oiy all, who,\\nTO 6T()aTtvfia, gen. ovQccrtv/LiaTogy the army.\\nTranslate into English.\\n1. Wig KaOTCoXov ntSiov d Qoi^ovrat. 2.\\nA^tsdei^iv avTor. 3. ^rgccrrjyov avropf ccTVb\\ndec^sv, 4. ^TQavrjyov avrov dnkhti ^a ndvrcoVy\\n060L tig Kaarco koi) Tiadlov d Qoi^ovrai, 5. ^TQa-\\nrrjyog crccvrcov aTttdti^ rjy oi eig KaarcjXov Titdiov\\ncc QOi^ovrac. 6. To OrQartv^a \u00c2\u00a37i:\u00c2\u00a3d8i^iv, 7.\\nETvidu^ov (Gr. 368 S. Gr. 249) to arqccTtv^a\\nsfioL 8. ETiadac^tv avrov.\\nIn apposition w. alrov^ Gr. 499 S. Gr. 341, b.\\nt Direct object.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "SHORT, SENTENCES. 91\\nTranslate Anto Greek.\\nN. B. In turning this and the following\\nEnglish exercises into Greek, the learner cannot\\nstudy too carefully and imitate too closely the Greek\\nsentences in each instance immediately preceding.\\n1. We are wont to assemble in the plain f of\\nCastolus. 2. The king appointed him. 3. They\\nappointed him general. 4. We appointed them\\ngenerals. 5. They appointed him general of all, as\\nmany as were wont to assemble in the plain of Cas-\\ntolus. 6. They were appointed generals. 7. They\\nassembled in the plain of Castolus. 8. They were\\nappointed generals of all who assembled in the plain\\nof Castolus. 9. They exhibited the army. 10. I\\nexhibited the army to him. 11. He was persuaded\\nto exhibit the army. 12. They persuaded the gen-\\nerals to exhibit the army.\\n52. The Verb Xri^c^ to send, to throw, to cast\\nmid. to cast ones self, to hasten, to rush.\\nPrincipal parts, synopsis and inflection, Gr.\\n403, 1 S. Gr. 273, a.\\nThe present and imperfect tenses denote cnstomarj, as well\\nas continuous, action.\\nt di w. the ace. Gr. 61T S. Gr. 448.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "92 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nA\\nExercise LIV,\\nVocabulary.\\nKU^\\na^tv7], Tj^y Tjy an axe.\\nd(pir]/Lu (compounded of ccTiOy irj/ac^ Gr. 71, 72 S,\\nGr. 41; 42), to send away, to let yo, to dismiss.\\nyrjXocpo^y ovy 6, an eminence, a Jiill.\\n8ca^ prep. w. gen. or ace. Willi gen. tJtrouyh w.\\nace. on account of.\\nIn composition w. a verb, tltrougli, apart.\\n^darrjjLu (comp. 8cd^ lOttjilii), to set apart. In the\\nintrans. tenses (which are they? Gr. 416, 1,\\nIntrans. S. Gr. 288, a,) and in the mid. to\\nstand apart.\\ns:iiy prep. w. gen. dat. or ace. With ace, to, towards,\\nagainst.\\n^uTccy prep. w. gen. or ace. With gen., down, down\\nfro7n.\\nXl og^ ovy o, a stone,\\nTiQo^, prep. ^Y. gen. dat. or acc.^ at or by (the front\\nof). With the ace. to, totcards, with a view to.\\n(pcXla, a;, r), friendsldp.\\nPhrases nqh^ cfjcklav, with a view to friendsliip, in\\na friendly manner.\\nTo throw something G x^^ idiom, to throw with\\nsomething. E. g. ibvac Xi a (Gr. 606 S. Gr.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "SHORT^^SENTENCES. 93\\n441), lit. to throw tvith a stone English idiom,\\nto throio a sto7ie.\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. hi6L rfj d^ivri (Gr. 606; S. Gr. 441). 2.\\nAid CO irj6iv. 3. ItVTO xara yrjXocfov, 4. Itro\\n6711 TOP j3aai?Ja. b/ Iaro e7i (Gr. 70; 100 S.\\nGr. 40; 61) avTOV. 6. A^covocv avrbv tcquq cpc*\\nXiav dqjcsvac ^/Ltdg. 7. JTgog cpikiav rj/itdg dcftl-\\ncav (Gr. 368, b S. Gr. 249, a). 8. Tov dcpavra\\nTj/Lidg OQCo. 9. Trjv dcpeloav rj/ndg oqco, 10. 01\\ndv^Qtg ddorrjOav. 11. 01 dvd()tg Scs6ra6av.^\\n12. Tovg ccpdgag dci6raaccv. 13. 01 Or^arccorai\\nduOravTO*\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. They cast their (Gr. 527, d S. Gr. 377, d)\\naxes. 2. He cast his axe. 3. They cast stones.\\nHe cast stones. 4. Cast stones. Continue casting\\n(or be casting) stones. 5. They hastened against\\nthe enemy (plur.). 6. They were hastening against\\n(Gr. 72 S. Gr. 42) us. 7. They are hastening\\nagainst the king. 8. He asks the king to dismiss\\nus in a friendly manner. 9. The general dismissed\\nthe soldiers in a friendly manner. 10. I ask you to\\ndismiss me in a friendly manner. 11. The soldiers\\nwere standing apart. 12. The generals stood apart.\\nImperf. in meaning, Gr. 416 S. Gr. 288.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "r\\n94 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n13. The generals set (or placed) the soldiers apart.\\n14. The kings were placing themselves apart, or,\\nwere standing apart (for their own sake). 15. They\\ndismissed the heavy-armed men. 16. I see her\\nwho dismissed the soldiers.\\n53. The Verb d^L.\\nSynopsis \u00e2\u0082\u00actnd inflection. Gr. 405, 1 S. Gr. 275.\\nExercise LV.\\nVocabulary.\\nd^ovco (Give the principal parts, Gr. 423, 1 S.\\nGr, 300), to hear.\\narctc/Lcc (comp. octvo^ tl/Ltc)^ to go away,\\n8ox8(Oy CO (give the principal parts, Gr. 448, 4 S.\\nGr. 300), to seem, to see7n expedient (often im-\\npersonal, Gr. 494, a S. Gr. 348) hoxtl, it\\nseems expedient,\\nu6tc/LU (comp. tig, ti/Ltc), to yo into.\\nEXXag, adog, rj, Hellas^ or Greece.\\nTjSr], noiv, already, at once.\\n^oQij/jog, oQv^ov, 6, a noise.\\nov (Gr. 80, a; 103, d; S. Gr. 44 64, d), not.\\nTcdXcv, back^ back ayain,\\nTiuQu, prep. w. gen. dat. and ace. With the ace. of\\na person, to the side of, into the presence of.\\nra^cg, rc^^tcog, r)y a fie, roio, rank.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 95\\nPronounce the Greek translate; and parse.\\n1. OoQv^ov (Gr. 576 S. Gr. 419) rj covaev.\\n2. OoQv^ov rjxovae dia tcjv Ta^tcov iovvo^ (agrees\\nw. {^oQv^ov, Gr. 498 S. Gr. 352). 3. ^vv v^lv\\nJ//^(Gr. 405, 1, Eem. a; S. Gr. 275, a). 4.\\n^^Anu[xiy aniaGLV. Atil l Tjdrj. 6. [Ai:cuav rjdrj.\\n7. Jo^tl dmbvai r]hr]. 8. Kal j]drj tdo^ev cci:cS\\nvac. 9. ^Eav looGcv. lquv av. 10- Hut, fitoav.\\n11. TovQ OTQarccoTag dcpUoav. 12. 01 orQa-\\nrtdjvai aTTrjtaccv. 13. [ATii/Litv tig rr/p EXXada nd-\\nXlv xal ov TtQog ^aotXeu (Gr. 530, a, end S. Gr.\\n379, a, end). 14. Ov^ dm^tv. 15. Eiorjtaav\\nnag avvov, 16. 01 arQaTriyol naqa top ^aoiXsa\\ntioritoav, 17. EiOtcfit iiaqd rbv ^aOiXaa. 18.\\nEiarjtt nuQa rbv OTQaTrp/oVf P ]o\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. We heard a noise. 2. He has not heard the\\nnoise. 3. He had heard a noise passing through the\\nranks. 4. He will go in company with us. 5. They\\nwill not go away in company with you. 6. Let him\\ngo away at once. 7. It does not seem expedient to\\ngo away at once. 8. It seemed expedient to go\\naway. 9. And already it seemed expedient to dis-\\nmiss the soldiers. 10. We will go. Let us go\\n(Gr. 720, a S. Gr. 488, a). 11. We wiU go away.\\nLet us go away. 12. He was dismissing the sol-", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "96 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\ndier^. He dismissed the soldiers. 13. They did\\nnot go against the king. 14. He went into the\\npresence of the king.\\n54. The Verb ^Z///.\\nPrincipal parts, synopsis and inflection. Gr.\\n406, 1 S. Gr. 277.\\nExercise LVI.\\nVocabulary.\\n^(XQ^aqo^y /Sag/jaQOVy 6, a barbarian, a foreigner,\\ndcarl rjjLcCy to place apart, to dispose,\\ndfil with the gen., to belong to (Gr. 572, c; S. Gr.\\n415, d).\\na?\u00e2\u0082\u00acj before a vowel ei, w. gen. only, out of; some-\\ntimes nsed to denote an agent or doer, and ren-\\ndered by ex /SaocXscoQy by the king.\\neniy w. dat. of a person, resting on, depending on, in\\nthe power of.\\ni:i;c/LttXeo/uac^ ov/uac (comp. aTil, /ntXsofiac), a pass,\\ndeponent (Gr. 413 S. Gr. 284), occurs often\\nin the form sTic/LieXoiuaC i f. eTziutXrjoo^iac^ pf.\\naTTc/Lit/LtsXrjitiac^ aor. STca/^tXti tjv, to care for, to\\npay attention to, with the gen. Gr. 576 S. Gr.\\n419.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 01\\nixavogj rj, ovy sufficient^ ahle^ competent often w.\\nthe infill., Gr. 767 S. Gr. 530.\\nIcovtxo^y 7], ovy Ionian.\\novTco, before a vowel ovvoj^y thus, so.\\nTiaQcc, w. the dat., dj/ the side of, with.\\nTiooa(f)\u00c2\u00a3Qvrjg, to;, ovz, 6 (3d declens., but in the\\nace. and voc. it is 1st declens., Gr. 198; S.\\nGr. 108, a), Tissaphernes.\\n^g (Gr. 103, c; S. Gr. 64, c), often used as a final\\nconj. w. the subjunctive, to denote present or\\nfuture purpose w. the optat., to denote past\\npurpose, that, in order that\\nCJ6T8 (Gr. 110 S. Gr. 68), 2\u00c2\u00ab^, so as, so that; pre-\\nceded by ovTco, the two are rendered so as;\\noften followed by the infin. (Gr. 770 S. Gr.\\n531), denoting result, or purpose.\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. Enl Tcp ddtXgjM aoicv (Gr. 406, 1, Rem. b\\nS. Gr. 277, b). 2. Ov^ eOvLv (Gr. 406, 1, Rem.\\nb, 3 S. Gr. 277, b, cc) stiI rep ddaXcp^. 3. Ovy.\\ntorac \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7tI T(p /3a6iXai. 4. ITavrccg ovrco diarl rj-\\n6cv, coOTt avTCp cpiXovg tivat. 5. HoXti-itlv i^a^\\nvog Tjv. IloXs/Litfv Ixccvol fjOav. 6. Tcjv ^aq^Sa-\\nQcov eTie/LLtXtlTO. 7. Tcov naq havrco /Sag^SaQcov\\niitt/ntXelro cog noXtfxtlv txavol tirjOav. 8. Al\\nObserve that w?, meaning tliat^ in order that^ takes the opta-\\ntive without aV, denoting a past aim or purpose. Gr. 739; S. Gr.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "I\\n98 riRST GREEK BOOK.\\nnoXti ijdar tov /ScxOcXtcog. 9. Ac Icovcxal noXtc^\\nTcoOacfeQvovg ijOav, JO. Ai noXtcQ TcOOacfj cQ-\\nvov; tiolv (Gr. 108; S. Gr. 69, a) ex /3aacX6cog\\ndt8o/ii8vc4c (particip. perf. pass. fr. 8iSco/.u, agrees\\nw. TioXtc:^). 11. Haav, rjtaav. u6av. tloav, 12.\\nEoTcv (Gr. 406, Rem. b, 1, 2; S. Gr. 277, c). io-\\nTiv. ti6cv. Irjoiv. 13. Eioiv. laocv, Idocv. 14.\\nHv. r^ii. UL,\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They are in the power of the king. 2. He\\nis not in the poAver of the judge. 3. They are\\nfriends to him. 4. He has disposed all, so as to be\\nfriends to the king\u00e2\u0080\u009e 5. He will be able to carry on\\nwar. 6. They were not able to carry on war. 7.\\nHe continued to pay attention (imperf.). He paid\\nattention. 8. He paid attention to the army with him-\\nself, that it might be able to carry on war. 9. The\\ncity belongs to the king. 10. The city belongs to\\nTissaphernes, having been given by the king. 11.\\nWe were. We were going. We were sending. We\\nsent. 12. We were hastening. We hastened. 13.\\nIf we may be. If we may be going. If we may be\\nsending. 14. Be thou. Be thou going. Be thou\\nsending^ Send thou# e-\\n507. In tlie foregoing exercises, the particle av has been used with\\nthe optative in accordance with Gr. 722 S. Gr. 491.\\ni", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "shout sentences. 99\\n55. Miscellaneous Sentences.\\n(The verb yiyvo^ac).\\nExercise LVIL\\nVocabulary,\\navTcaraaccoTT]^, ov, by one of an ojjpoBing faction y an\\nopponent.\\ncci;o8i8cofxc (comp. cctio front, \u00c2\u00a7idco/uc to give), to\\ngive hack^ to give what is due, to pay in full.\\ndjionB fi:i(o (comp. d:i6 from, aicay, n^iTcco to\\nsend nlzfj.ipcoy t7it/.cifjay nbnof.icfKi (Gr. 334, a;\\nS. Gr. 257, a, TxsTva/LtjLtaCy ant^(f riv), to send\\naway, to forward.\\nyiyvo/uac (principal parts, Gr. 449, 1 S. Gr. 300),\\nto become, to come into being, to be born w. the\\ngen. of a person, to be horn of, to spring from,\\nw. numerals, to amount to\\\\ Bundle ot SH v t. KS\\nJcxQtloQy ouy 6y D arlus king of Persia.\\ndaptixogy oiiy 6y a daric, a Persian gold coin, bear-\\ning a rude picture of Darius, hence the name\\nworth about $3.50.\\nSao/Lto^y ovy o^(fr. hdcLcoy to divide), tribute, revenue\\noi ycyvo/Libvoc SaO/Lioiy the revenues accruing.\\ndvOy cardinal number, two.\\nI yco (principal parts, Gr. 424, 11 S. Gr. 300), to\\nhave, to hold the particip. of ?x(o w. an ace. is\\noften rendered with.\\nLofC.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "100 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nKvQOQy ovy Oy Cyrus,\\nS^vogy ouy Oy a guest, or hosty Lat. liospes a friend\\n(tlirougli the ties of hospitality).\\nfivQtocy /uvQiac^ /LtvQLay numeral adj., ten thotcsand,\\nTial^y TvccidoQy 6 or a cJiild 6 Ttau^ the hoy, the\\nson.\\nnuQayiyvofiuL {naqdy ylyvo/uac)y to come, to ar-\\nrive.\\n7itQtyiyvo/uac (jttQly ylyvo/nac what prepositions\\nretain their final vowel in compos, before an aug-\\nment? Gr. 313, end; S. Gr. 202, a), to be-\\ncome superior to, to surjpass, w. gen. Gr. 581\\nS. Gr. 422, ba.\\n^aqStcgy tcovy al^ Sardis^ chief city of Lydia.\\nov/LiTiag (comp. ovVy ndg\\\\ all together\\novyyiyvo/Liac (comp. avVy ylypo/Liai)^ to become\\nwith^ to associate with, with the dat.\\nTQuixoatoiy acy a, three hundred.\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. AuQtiov yiyvovrac TvatStg duo. 2. ^^Tts-\\nTtsjuTit Tovg ycyvo/Liavovg daa/uovg /3a6cXtl. 3,\\nTovrop ovyytvo/Lttvog 6 KvQog dldcoocv avrcp /Ltv-\\nQiovg daQtcxovg. 4. IJtQcylyvtrac rcov dvriOra-\\nOccovoov. 5. UaQtyLvovro tig ^agSttg. 6. *^0 t-\\nXirag TQiuxooiovg t^cov TiaQtyavtro. 7. 01 Ovfi-\\nTtavTtg oTtkiTuc sysvovro juvqwi. 8. ^vvtyev-", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 101\\noi TO dXXi\\\\XoL^, 9. E/Lioi KvQog eyavtro ^l-vog\\n10. Toy juiO oy ccTibdco^^tv.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. Two sons were born of Darius. 2. They\\nused to forward the revenues accruing to the king.\\n3. I will forward the revenues accruing to you. 4.\\nCyrus, having associated with these (men), gave\\nthem much silver. 5. He will give me ten thousand\\ndarics. 6. They are superior to their opponents.\\n7. He Avas superior to his opponent. 8. They ar-\\nrived at Sardis. 9. They will arrive at Sardis. 10.\\nHe arrived with (particip. t^cov^ many soldiers.\\n11. In the army of Cyrus, the soldiers all together\\namounted to ten thousand^ 1 2. They are associat-\\ning with one another. 13. The father of Cyrus be-\\ncame a host to us. 14. We became friends (through\\nthe ties of hospitality) to the sons of Cyrus. 15.\\nCyrus paid to him in full the wages of three months.\\n56. The Verbs y.tl^iac^ to lie, to he laid (prin-\\ncipal parts, synopsis, and inflection), Gr. 405,\\n2; S. Gr. 276; rifiac^ to sit; and ^d fjuac\\n(^^avdy ii/Liac)y to sit dozen, to be encamjjed\\n(synopsis and inflection), Gr. 406, 2 S. Gr.\\n278.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "102 FIRST GREEK BOOK,\\nExercise LVIIL\\nVocahiilary.\\nano viiG^co {ano, SvriOxco, principal parts, Gr.\\n444, 4 S. Gr. 300), to die, to be dead.\\ni:il w. dat. of place or of person, denoting situation,\\non, upon.\\nxu\\\\ xai, both and Lat. et et.\\nxaTa;cti[xai {^avay xel/nac), to lie down, to lie\\nstill,\\nol {Gr. 525; S. Gr, 375) TvtQi nva^ those about\\nany one, the folloioers of any one.\\nTitQiy prep. w. gen. dat. or ace. With the ace,\\nabout, round about.\\nTioQQco with the g^w. far fro7n.\\nri (Gr. 244, Rem. a; 552, a; S. Gr. 141, a 397,\\na), why\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. 01 aQiOTOL Tcov (Gr. 525; S. Gr. 375) :t8qI\\nKvQOv ccTCbOavov. 2. 01 aQcOroc tcov ccvSqcov\\nd:to av6vTt:; t?fbiVTO aTil rfj yfj. 3. Ki/Qog avrog\\naTtsiJavs xcn oi uqcOtoc tcov ntQl avrov txetVTO\\nt7t avTOi. 4. TV ^aTa^tci.iaL 5, IToqqco ccvtov\\nP\u00e2\u0082\u00acczr)rijut{}a. 6. Ov ttoqqoo ccvtov exaOrj^tda\\n(Gr. 314; S. Gr. 202, c). 7. Ov tvoqqco do;foD-\\n/U6V UOL cjcvTOV xa{}fjo{)c/c.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 103\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. The followers of Cyrus lay upon tlie ground.\\n2. Both Cyrus and his followers were dead (Gr.\\n511, a; S. Gr. 3G1, a). 3. The followers of Cyrus\\nlay dead (lit. having died) upon the ground. 4. Why\\ndo we lie still 5. We are encamped not far from\\nthe king. 6. The king seems to me to be encamped\\nnot far from us. 7. Many of the bravest men lay\\ndead on the plain.\\n57. Short Sentences from the Anabasis.\\nExercise LIX.\\nVocabulary.\\ndf^KpovaQco^ ocvy tco, both.\\ndvcc/jaivco (qowv^. dvdy up, and /3aircOy to go. Prin-\\ncipal parts, \u00c2\u00a7aivcOy fi/jOo/LtaCy t/3f]Vy ^a^r]xcc.\\nThe f. (3)16 CO and aor. t/3rjocc are causative), to\\ngo up.\\ndo/J], fj^y r)y a government, a province.\\n^ovXo/Licu (principal parts, Gr. 422, 3 S. Gr.\\n300), to icish.\\nXa/j^dvco (principal parts, Gr. 437, 4 S. Gr. 300.\\nStem and changes Gr. 329, b S. Gr. 224,\\nb), to take.\\nf,itTa7ceu:vof,icu fibxdyfor risj-ii-coy to seiid. Prin-", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "104 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nciptol parts, see Exercise LVIL, d:Ton\u00c2\u00a3f.ti;co), to\\nsend for. Usu. deponent mid. in this comp.\\nnccQti/iu {^aQcCy hy the side of tifily to be), to be pre-\\nsent.\\naavQaTifig, ov^ Oy a satrap, a Persian governor of a\\nprovince.\\nTvyxocvco (principal parts, Gr. 437, 8 S. Gr. 300.\\nStem and changes, Gr. 329, b S. Gr. 224,\\nb), to lilt, to happen often used with a par-\\nticip. and rendered adverbially, while the par-\\nticip. is rendered as a verb. Thus, ^aQCJv rvy-\\nXavbi^ he is present by chanee or it may be\\nrendered, he happens to be present tcuqcov\\nSTvyxavbv^ he loas present by chance, or he hap-\\npened to be present.\\n(piXoZy ovy 6^ a friend.\\nco; (proclitic, Gr. 103, c S. Gr. 64, c), as, as if\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. /jQvXavac TCj natda Tvagtlvac. 2. E/jov\\nItTO TO) nalda dfucporeQco Ttccgtlvac. 3. O nQtO-\\n^VTcQog dStXfpog TiccQCjv evvy/^avtv. 4. Kvqov\\n/LitTarc^/uTTtTac. Kvqov ccTioTisiLtTitc. 5. Kvqov\\noavQUTiriv (Gr. 500, C; S. Gr. 353) ejioirjOtv. 6.\\nKvqov iJ^trankf^ntrai dno rfi^, uq/Jii^ fjg (Gr. 503)\\navTOV OarQa:Ttjv ejioirjatv. 7. TiOOacpsQvrjv cog\\n(fllov D.afitv. 8. Ava/3aivtc 6 KvQog la^cbv", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "k\\nuv\\nSHOUT SENTENCES. 105\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They are present (Gr. 368 S. Gr. 249).\\nThey were present (Gr. 368, b; S. Gr. 249, a).\\n2. They wish their two sons to be present. 3. They\\nhappened to be present (particip.). We happened\\nto be present. 4. They sent for (mid*) us as\\nfriends. They sent us away as enemies. 5. They\\nsent for us from the government, of which they made\\nus rulers. 6. They took Tissaphernes as a fiiend.\\nTissaphernes was taken as a friend. 7. They went\\nup taking Tissaphernes as a friend. 8. They wdll\\ngo up with (particip. of 6^6;) ten thousand hoplites,\\n9. They went up with many soldiers. 10. He\\nwent up in company with Cyrus.\\nExercise LX.\\nVocahulary.\\nocTvo^Ttivco {a:i6 from, denoting departure, ^reivco\\nto Mil; principal parts, Gr. 433, 4 Gr. 300),\\nto hill, to slay, to put to death,\\n/SaotXtia, u^y riy a kingdom.\\n8u(/3uXX(o {dux through, apart, ^dXXco to cast;\\nprincipal parts, Gr. 432, 4 S. Gr. 300), to\\ncalumniate. dm^dXXecv vcrcc rcqog rcva to", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "lOG FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nmhimniaic any person before (or fo) any per-\\nson.\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00acicuTeco, CO (f. -/j6co^ ?^ri. regular comp. i^ away,\\noff, ah SCO to bey), to bey (a person) off, to res-\\ncue (any one) by entreaty. Often in the mid.\\n^ni w. ace. to, towards (a place) w. verbs, implying\\noften hostility, ayainst\\n8:i;i^(jOvXti/co {^tvoco^ ^rh. regular eniy ftovXtvco),\\nto plot ayainst, w. the dat. Gr. 605 S. Gr.\\n439.\\n^cc loTTJiLu {xavcx downy iOTrj/Lic to set) to set doion,\\nto establish in the intrans. tenses (which are\\nthey? Gr. 416, 1; S. Gr. 288, a), to become\\nestablished.\\novAXcjc/Lt/Scipco (ovvy toy ether Xa/Lt^ccvo), to take),\\nto seize, to apprehend.\\nTb (enclit.), and ra xai^ oy rs xai^ both\\nand.\\n(j)^ (proclit.) as, as if, on the y round that, intimatiny\\nthat.\\nN. B. The learner should be in the habit of\\nwiiting out, ^s well as of giving orally, the principal\\nparts of all the verbs, both simple and compound, in\\nall the vocabularies.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 107\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. KavhOir] ti^ t/)v fiaoLktlav. 2. Etcl^ou-\\nXhvtL TiOOacpbQvtt. 3. Jd/jaXov Aaqtlov. 4. Aiu-\\n^aXXtC TOV KVQOV TTQOg TOV Cc8tX(fOVy dig \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7ll/jOU\\nXtvoL (Gr. 734; S. Gr. 502) avr^. 5. Tov noU-\\nfitov d:i:Oy{TtvtL 6. Utidti., nti trai. 7. ^vX-\\nXa/Li^avtc KvQOv. 8. UtitftTal rt xccl ovXXafx-\\n/Savtc tCvQOv cog di^o^^ravcop (sc. avroi 9. 7/\\nl^rjTrjQ aSr^rrjaaro avrov. 10. ^H /urirrjo s^acrrj-\\nOa/Ltsvi] avTOv d:io:isixnbL naXtv stil ti]v ccQ^rjv.\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. They became established in the kingdom.\\n2. They were plotting against the king. 3. They\\nwere calumniating the king. 4. They calumniated\\nCyrus. 5. He calumniated Cyrus before the king,\\nintimating that he was plotting against (optat. Gr.\\n734, 735, 736 S. Gr. 502, 503, 504) him. 6. They\\nwere both persuaded and apprehended Cyrus as if to\\nput him to death. 7. They rescued us by their en-\\ntreaties. 8. Having rescued us by their entreaties,\\nthey sent (us) away back again to our government.\\n5", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "w\\nM\\n103 first greek book.\\nExercise LXI.\\nVocabulary.\\n(ivTh prep. w. gen. only, in front of, instead of.\\nd Ji ^Q/oij.aL (aTio away, tQ^oixat to go prin. parts.\\nGr. 450, 2 S. Gr. 300). Usu. fut. in Alt.\\nprose di^u. (Gr. 405, 1, R. a; S. Gr. 275, a),\\nto go away.\\nAQTal^qS^ti^^ ov, 6, Artaxerxes.^ king of Persia.\\nUTCua^co, ari/LiaocOy }]Ti/LiaOa^ rfriuczO/Liac^ rivt-\\n/Liaod^rjv, to dishonor (Deriv. a priv., r/^\\nhonor^.\\ndcptxvbo/Ltac Oi//.iac {utio from, Ixvso/naiy -ovjitui\\nto coyne; prin. pts. Gr. 438, 2; S. Gr. 300),\\nto arrive.\\n^aOtXtvcOy tvoco^ XT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac. to he hing. (Deriv. ^aaiktv^y\\nJcing^\\n^ovXtvco^ tvacoy ^T\u00e2\u0082\u00ac. to counsel, advise.^ plot. Mid.\\nto counsel with ones self, to deliberate.^ to plot\\ndcaridrjiLu (8cd through, apart, rldrj^t to place\\\\\\nto place apart, to dispose.\\ndvva/xac (prin. pts. and synops. of pres. system, Gr.\\n404, 5 S. Gr. 274, e 300), to be able.\\nTj, or after the compar. degree, than.\\nrjv idv, if used only w. the siibjunc.\\nxLvhvvbvcOy tvocoy xxh. (fr. ^ivdvvo^ danger^ to be\\nin danger^ to incur danger.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 109\\nfidXXov^ more, rather. Positive, /LiuXa, much, very\\ncomp. /udXXov sup. /LidXiOKc, most,\\nol :t((qcc /jcanXUog, those from the kirifj tcov 7ca{)d\\n^(^acXbco;, of those from the Icirtg.\\no.Tco;^ i)i ivhat manner, how; used in an indirect\\nquestion.\\noan;, i itiz^ o,r^ (declens. Gr. 246 S. Gr. 142),\\nloho, which, what; ivhoever, tohatever person, or\\nthint/.\\nTiaQUy vv. gen. of a person, /r6 ;;2.\\nv:idn/co {vno^ under, denoting support or assist-\\nance, cc{)/cx), to begin prin. pts. Gr. 424, 2\\nS. Gr. 300), to favor.\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. EyfivSuviVOt ^ccl TjTijtcaa r]. 2. Kcvduvtv-\\nOag xai drcjucca tlg drcrjXdtv. 3. Bov^^vtrai\\nOTtcog (SaOiktvotL dvv ^AQva^aQ^oi/. 4. Hv bvvrj^\\nrat, ^c^OcXtvoti dvv ^Qrat^Qt^ov. 5. YniiQ/e tco\\nKvQcp. 6. Eq^iXrjOs Kvqov (.laXXov r] rov fiaoc-\\nXtvovra AQTa^SQ^tjv. 7. Acpc^vtho. dcfixbro.\\ndcpixvovvTO. dcpixovTO. 8. Ovroc tig JSd()8ecg\\navvco (Gr. 596; S. Gr. 433) dcplxovro. 9. Oi\\nacpcxvovjLitvoL naqd [juOlXhoz avrcp ficiXXov cfiXoi\\nr)aav rj ^aOiXtT. 10. Oorcg dcpcxvbiro tcov Tiaqd\\ndaOiXbcog nqoz uvrovj cfiXog jjv avrco pidX7.ov ?j\\nBccCcXbL 11. OoTig dcpL^cvuTO tcov :xccqd ^ccoc-", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "110 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n},scog TCQog avTOv, TiavraQ ovrco dcari ug d7V87ts/Li\\nntrOy coOvt avrcb /ndXXov cplXovg tlvac r] ^aOcXtl.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1 They went away, having incurred danger and\\nhaving been dishonored. 2. Having gone away, he\\nwas dishonored. 3. Artaxerxes is king instead of\\nhis father. 4. Cyrus is deliberating, how he shall\\nbe king, instead of his brother. 5. If he maybe\\nable (Gr. 401, k; S. Gr. 274, e) he Avill be king.\\n6. If they may be able^ they will go away. 7. They\\nfavored Cyrus. 8. They did not favor the king.\\n9. He was not able to be king. 10. They loved\\nCyrus more than his brother. 11. The army will\\narrive at Sardis for Cyrus. 12. They are friends to\\nthe king rather than to him. 13. They sent (them)\\nall away, disposing (them) so as to be friends to the\\nking. 14. Whoever of those from the king came\\nto them, they put all to death.\\nExercise LXII.\\nVocabulary,\\nd(j)ioTr]/Lic (^aTiOy from, i orrjjiii^ to set in the in.\\ntrans, tenses, Gr. 416, 1, a; S. Gr. 288, to\\nsta?id)y to set off intrans. to stand off.", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "i\\nSHORT SENTENCES. Ill\\niy,fi(xXXco (J;i or a^^ out, /juXXco^ to cast^, to cast\\nout, to banish.\\ntvvo Cxo);, (adv. fr. the adj. tvvoi} 6z, favorable and\\nthat fr. bv well and voo^^ vovQy miiid)^ in a\\nfriendly manner, favorably. Phrase, tvvol ^cog\\nt^eiVy to hold, or have, in a friendly manner to\\nbe friendly.\\nfuvy a connective particle not usu. rendered in Eng-\\nUsh anticipating another clause usu. intro-\\nduced by 8sy but, or a7id. Phrase, ol [xlv\\nol hky some others, Gr. 525, a; S. Gr.\\n375.\\nMihiTo:;^ ov, i), Miletus, a city of Ionia. Phrase,\\nol av McXrjTCOy those in Miletus.\\nT///V (either a conj. or a prep, as a prep. w. the\\ngen.), except.\\ni:QOC4iodavo/Liac t(?o, before ai6v)^avofiaCy to be\\naware, to perceive prin. pts. Gr. 436, 1 S.\\nGr. 300), to be aware beforehand. Const, often\\nw. the ace. and particip., e. g. tov Kvqov ravxa\\n/SovXtvo/iibvov ccioduvojLtcxty I perceive Cyrus\\nplotting these things; or, I perceive that Cyrus\\nis plotting these things. Gr. 796 799 S. Gr.\\n545, 546, c. Eng. word fr. aioOciro/Liacy Aes-\\nthetics, the science that treats of the beautiful.\\nTOTSy adv. at that time, then.\\n(o;, w. a finite mode, often denoting purpose, that, in\\norder that.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "112 riRST GREEK BOOK,\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. Evi Oixco^ ti;(or avico. 2. Evpoi xa)^ XOv\\nrep /jacjcXth 3. IJoXt/Litlv ixavol rjOav. 4. TcuP\\nTICCQ huVTCp iScCQ^daqCOV STlt/LltXtlTaC, 5. TCOV 71U()\\neavTCp fjaQfjUQCov ant^uXtlvo cog noXt/Atlv rt l} a^\\nvol tifjOav xal tvvo Cxcoq, t/^oitv avrtp, 6. Al Icovc-\\ny.cd 7T0?.tcg dq)t6Tri?ft0av TiQog Kvqov, 7. Al no-\\nKbiz Tort cccftOrrj^tOav ttqo^ Kvqov Tidoac TiXtjv\\nAli?^f/rou. 8. 0/ fV MiXr/rcp rd avrd ravra\\ni^QovXtvorro, 9. Tovg sv McXr/rcp rcc aura ravra\\n/jov?.8uo/.dvoug TiQoriOdtro. 10. Tovg ^Iv avrcov\\ndnsxrtLvty rovg d e^i:/3aXbv.\\nTranslate into Greek\\n1. We were (habitually) friendly to them. 2.\\nWe were (indef.) friendly to many of those about\\nCyrus. 3. AVe paid attention to the barbarians with\\nourselves. 4. Tliey are both able to carry on war\\nand are friendly to us. 5. The cities revolted to\\nCyrus. The cities belonged to Tissaphernes. 6.\\nMany cities at that tune revolted to Cyrus. 7. The\\ncompanions of Cyrus (lit. those around Cyrus) plot-\\nted tliese things. 8. Those in Miletus i)lotted the\\nsame things. 9. They were plotting these same\\nthings. 10. I was aware beforehand that Cyrus\\nwas plotting these same things. 11. Some of", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 11\\no\\nthem, we put to deatli others, we banislied. 12.\\nSome of them died in battle others were banished.\\nExercise LXIII.\\nVocabulary.\\naio avo/Liai (pnnc. pts. Gr. 436, 1 S. Gr. 300),\\nto be aware of, to perceive. Often w. the gen.\\nStem and changes\\na /it (fly prep. w. gen. dat. or ace, about, around,\\na^coco^ CO, Coocoy y.rh, to tUinh worthy, to demand.\\nOften w. the ace. and infin.\\naqxco (prin. pts. Gr. 424, 2 S. Gr. 300), to beyin,\\nto be first, to yovern, to rule, w. the geD. Gr.\\n581, a; S. Gr. 422, ba.\\n8a7iavacoy coy -rjoco^ ^rs. to expend ones own re-\\nsources, hccnavdv df.i(fil w. the ace. to expend\\nones own resources upon (ht. abouf).\\ne:xni:iTG) {sx or e^, out Tiinvco, to fall princ. pts.\\nGr. 449, 4 S. Gr. 300), to fall out; ol ^V-\\nTibTiTco^coTtg, those who have fallen out, those\\nwho have been banished.^ the exiles.\\ne:ic/jOvXr]y rj^y i)j a plot.\\nxavccy prep. w. the gen. or ace. W. the ace, alony,\\nby; xard yrjvy by land; xard ^aXavTaVy\\nby sea.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "114 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nc4Tccyco {^arccy along aycoy to lead, prin. pts. Gr.\\n424, 1 S. Gr. 300), to lead along, to lead\\nback, to restore,\\nvo/ui^co (fr. vo/Lio^, laic, custom), vo/lcioco or vouuoy\\nsvofitoa, vtvofuxa, vtv6inca/.cca, avo/,iloi}fp\\nto hold as customary, to think, to suppose.\\nTiiiQuco, -(0, -doco. Oftener used as mid. dep. .t6^-\\nQczouai, CojLiaiy -aoo/^iaiy xvh. to try, at-\\ntempt.\\nevXXbyco {pvvy together; Xbyo)^ to gather prin. pts.\\nGr. 424, 15; S. Gr. 300), to collect.\\n6v[.i:iQaTrco {ovv^ together nQccvrco, to do, to act\\nprin. pts. Gr. 428, 6; S. Gr. 300), to do (any\\nthing) with (another), to coop) er ate icith,\\nij:ioXa/n^avco (vtto, under; ka/u/javco^ to take;\\nprin. pts. Gr. 437,4; S. Gr. 300), to take\\nunder (one^s protection^.\\ncfbvyco, to fee; prin. pts. Gr. 425, 16 S. Gr. 300.\\n6 (ptvytuv, the persoiijleeing, the fugitive, the\\nexile.\\nPronounce the Greek translate; and parse.\\n1. YTllzXu/^t TOV^ (ptVyOVTCC^. 2!vPi:Xt^t OTQCC\\nTtv/Lia, 2. EnoXwQxtc MiXr^rov yfc/l Tcara ytjv\\n?cal yAXTU duXuTTUV, 3. EnttQccro ^caiuytiv\\nTov; 8y7it:jTCox6Tag, 4. O KvQog vTioXa/jcjv xov:;\\n(ftvyovragy ^al ayXXt^ag OTQdTtv/.ia fTioXioQ^ti", "height": "4635", "width": "2825", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES. 115\\nMilnrov. 5. miov 8o rivac oJ (Gr. 230, Third\\nPers.; also, 111, b; S. Gr. 133; 09, b) ravra^\\nrag TtoXecQ (subj. of do ijvac. Gr. 773; S. Gr.\\n535). 6. Hiicoot TcOOcapkovriv (Gr. 198) uq/jlv\\nTOVTcov Tojv no ktcov (Gr. 581, a; S. Gr. 422, ba).\\n7. ^H /LuiTTjQ Ovv bnqavTtv avrco tuvtcc. 8. O /5\u00c2\u00ab-\\nocXtv:; r^g STic^ovXi^g oi)^ jiO uvtTO. 9. Tcooa-\\ncpbQvtc noXtf^ttl. 10. ^Jljitcpl TCC OrQaTtyfiava 8a-\\nnava. 11. TcOOacpbQvec noXtf^tcov du(pl tcc Otqu-\\nTtv/LiaTa daTiava. 12. TiOOacpSQvtc dc- evo/uiQa\\nnolt^odvTu (Gr! 788, 789; S. Gr. 539, 540)\\navTOv ccucpl TCC aTQartv[xaTa 8anavav.\\nTranslate into GreeJc.\\n1. They were makmg an attempt to restore\\n(aor.) the fugitives. 2. They attempted to restore\\n(one after another, pres. infin.) those who had been\\nbanished. 3. They besieged the city both by land\\nand by sea. 4. Having collected an army, they took\\nthose who had been banished under their protection.\\n5. They demand (that) this city be given to them-\\nselves. 6. They were demanding (that) Cyrus rule\\nthis city. 7. The soldiers cooperated with us in\\nth^se things (lit. did these things with us). 8. They\\nplotted against the king. 9. The king wUl not be\\naware of the plot. 10. They carried-on-war with\\nthose in Miletus. 11. They expended their re-\\nsources on the armies, while-carrying-on-war (Gr.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "IIG FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n788, a; S. Gr. 539, a) with those in the city. 12.\\nAnd they supposed that the couniianders, while-car-\\nrying-on-war with Tissaphernes, were expending\\ntheir resources on the army.\\nExercise LXIV.\\nVocabulary.\\nciya/iiaCf dydao/LiaCy 7]ydod r]v, rare rjyocoa/urjv^ to\\nadmire y esteem aor. inceptive, Gr. 708 S. Gr.\\n482, came to esteem.\\nciv, Gr. 873; S. Gr. 590, a.\\ndxdo/Licu, princ. pts. Gr. 422, 1 S. Gr. 300, to\\nbe disjjleased.\\n8Uo, princ. pts. Gr. 422, 4 S. Gr. 300, to need.\\nMid. to leant, to entreat.\\ny\u00e2\u0082\u00acaTa)yVco (^xard, down Xvco^ to loosely to dissolve,\\nto abolish xaraXvouc tiqo^, w. ace. to come to\\nan agreement tcith.\\nxtXtvco^ prin pt^. Gr. 421, 20 S. Gr. SOO, to order^\\nw. the ace.\\nla/jojv may often, hke t^cov, be rendered wit/i e. g.\\n7ic(Qtyi:vtTO Xa/3coVy he came toith.\\nlavddvco (prin. pts. Gr. 437, 5 S. Gr. 300. Stem\\nand changes, Gr. 329, b S. Gr. 295, c), trans.\\nto escape the notice of, to elude intrans. to be\\nconcealed rctcpo/utvo; aXdr avtVyhe was con-", "height": "4665", "width": "2735", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "^J- ^U^t^ l^-^^SHORT SENTENCES.^^ Z-^-T^^^-^J^K^\\nceded in beinr/ nourisned freely rendered, y5(?\\nz^ secretif/ nourished.\\nur], Gr. 832 837 S. Gr. 569; 570.\\non, Gr. 8G8 S. Gr. 587.\\nnuQb/co {jXuQa, along by the side of, denoting com-\\nmunication^ and bxco, to have, Prin. pts. Gr.\\n424, 11; S. Gr. 300), to furnish, provide;\\nnQay/Liara ^cuQby^tiVy to occasion trouble, to\\ngive trouble,\\nUcoidrjg, ov, 6y a Pisidian.\\nnQ06\\\\)^tv -niQiv, until.\\nn()dy/iiu (fr. TiQccrrco, to do), aro^^ t6^ a thing\\ndone, a deed often plur. in the sense, dijicul-\\nties, trouble.\\nIlQoibvog, ov, o, PrOcvenus.\\nOTQccTavco, tvoco, xrh. to make an expedition Otqcc-\\nTbvtryd^at ti^ w. the ace. to make an exjoedition\\n(for one s own sake, or with one^s own re-\\nsources), against any one.\\naufi/^a/SAco {fwv, together /SalXco, to cast), to cast\\ntogether, to contribute.\\novji//jov?.tvco {pvv, together /jouXtvoj, to deliber-\\nate), to advise. Mid. tj get advice for ones\\nself, w. the dat. to confer with.\\nTQacfco (prin. pts. Gr. 424, 26; S. Gr. 300), to\\nnourish, to support.\\n;(Q7]jLia (iv. ^Quouac, to use)/xro^y to, a thing used^\\nPhir. goods, possession money.", "height": "4673", "width": "2676", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "113 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nPronounce the Greek translate and parse.\\n1. Odd tp (Gr. 552, a; S. Gr. 397, a) r]xi%TO\\nuvTcov (Gr. 577, a; S. Gr. 420, a) TtoAt/nouvTcov.\\n2. O KvQO^ r]ydo tj avvov. 3. XQiijuara (oh-\\n]Qci) ovyt^daXXovTO (mid.) avvM (Gr. 597 S. Gr.\\n433) ii^ rrjy TQOcptjv tcov OrQaTCOJVcov. 4. To\\nOTQartv/iuc TQtcpof.uvov iXav avbv avvco. 5.\\nAtlvac avTOv (Gr. 575 S. Gr. 418) [.u] TiQoo tv\\n^araXvOccc TTQog rovg dvnOraOcojrag ttqIv dv avrco\\nav/Li/SovXtvOrjvac. 6. Aa/3cov dvd()ag ore (Gr. 6G4\\nS. Gr. 455) TiXblorovg liaQtykvavo. 7. HqoS^^vov\\na^bXtvOs Xa^ovra dvdQag otc TiXtioroug naqa-\\nyevsoO^ac. 8. Eig Ucaidccg ^ovXtrac CTQaTbvta^\\n^uLy cog nQuy/Ltara 7iaQt;(6vTCov tcov UcOcdcov (Gr.\\n593; S. Gr. 541) ri] kawov ^coga.\\nTranslate into Greek.\\n1. They were in no respect displeased at our car-\\nrying on war (lit. at us carrying on war). 2. We\\nesteem you. We came to esteem these men. 3. He\\ncontributed much money to us for the support of\\nthe army. 4. lie was supported secretly. We were\\nsupported secretly. 5. We supported an army se-\\ncretly for him. G. An army was supported secretly\\nfor him. 7. The soldiers were supported secretly\\nfor him. 8. We entreat (Gr. 371, b; S. Gr. 251, b)", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "AA r f\\no o u\\nSHORT SENTENCES. 119\\nyou not to become reconciled to the enemies of the\\nking. 9. They entreat us not to become reconciled\\nto the king, until we shall have conferred {av w.\\naor. subjunc. Gr. 760, a; S. Gr. 515, b; 523, c)\\nwith them. 10. They came with (particip.) as many\\nmen as possible. 11. They ordered the generals to\\ncome with (particip.) as many men as possible. 12.\\nThe Pisidians are giving trouble to our country. 13.\\nThey wish to make an expedition against the Pisi-\\ndians, on the ground that the Pisidians are giving\\ntrouble to their country.\\nExercise LXV,\\nNote. At this point, the learner may profit-\\nably begin the first chapter of the Anabasis, alternat-\\ning between a lesson in the Anabasis and a lesson in\\nthe following exercises\\nVocabulary.\\naHQonoXi:;^ tcogj rj (u^qo^, Idgltest noXt:;^ ^^iD^\\nan acropolisy a citadel,\\nccvco, adv. (fr. prep, dpcc, up)^ upward.\\nij^ojy comm. pf. in meaning, /lave come f. Yj^co\\nimpf. 7j;\u00e2\u0082\u00acov, often as aor., came.\\nxaXbco, w (prin. pts. Gr. 420, 5 S. Gr. 300), to\\ncall, summon.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "120 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\nKhtaQ/o^y ovy 6, Clearchus.\\nStr/a^^ oi/y 6y Xenias.\\n^^tri^ovy ovy TO (fr. iavog, a Jiired soldier) a mer-\\ncenary force,\\noi ^ads (fr. ol^ogy a /louse, ds (enclit.), iotoards),\\nhomeioard, home.\\nlavranaOiv {ndvra^ all things; ndocVy in all\\nthings), wholly.\\nncjcQayy tXkco {naqcc^ along dyyaXXcoy to announce),\\nto send orders.\\nnavcoy prin. pts. and meaning, Gr. 421, 19 S. Gr.\\n300.\\nTtoQtvcoy ivacoy to convey comm. pass. dep. naQtv-\\no/.iac, 7iOQtv60f.taCy nt7ioQtv/ua(y anaqtyd-riv^\\nto convey ones self, to proceed.\\nnQotOTrj/Lic {^QOy before L6Tr]ftc, to set), to set be-\\nfore intrans. tenses, Gr. 416, 1 S. Gr. 288,\\na), to stand before, to command.\\n^{jo(faC)L(;y tco^y i), a pretence.\\nvTiLO^vbo/uaiy ov/Liac (prin. pts. Gr. 438, 6 S. Gr.\\n300), to promise,\\ncfvyug, ccdog, 6 (fr. (ptvyco, to fee), a fugitive, an\\nexile.\\n(IvXaTTCo (prin. pts. Gr. 428, 11 S. Gr. 300), to\\nguard.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES.\\n121\\nPronounce the Greek translate; and parse\\n1. ^Edoxtc ccvrcp TtOQtvtO ac avco. 2. Tfjv\\nnQO(faOiv e^OLtlvo co:; Ilcoidag ^ovXo/Litvo^ ax/Sa-\\nXtiv TtavvaTvaOcv ex rrjg ^coqcc;. 3. Hy\u00e2\u0082\u00aca 7.al3cov\\nooov rjv avTCp aTQartvjLta (Gr. 809; S. Gr. 551).\\n4. IlaQayyaXXtc rep KXtaQXco Xa/Sovrc lyxttv ooov\\nr^v avTch OTQccTbUfta, 5. Ztviaz avich (Gr. 597\\n5. Gr. 433) nQOtOrrixti rov av ralg :i:6h :6c ^tvcyov\\n(Gr. 581, a; S. Gr. 422, ba). 6. Hxa Xa,3o)v\\nTov:; ccvdQa^ tvXtjv ottoOoc Ixavol r]6av rcc^ d^tgo-\\nnoXatQ cfjvXarraLV. 7. E^^aXtOa tov^ IMiXrjrov tto-\\nKiOQxovvva^^ xal rov:; cpvyddag axaXtvoa ovv avvcS\\nCrQartvtO ac, 8. Ov nQOoS^av anavOarOy ttqIv\\navTOvg xarriyaytv Oixada, 9. YTao^avo rolg (fv*\\nydac ^7] (Gr. 837 S. Gr. 571) nqoa av Tvavoao-\\nd acy ttqIv avvovg xarccyayoc oixccda.\\nTranslate into GreeJc.\\n1. It seemed expedient to them to expel the\\nPisidians wholly from the country. 2. He made\\ntlie pretence that he wished to proceed upward. 3.\\nThey came with all the army which they had. 4.\\nThey commanded for us the mercenary army in the\\ncity. 5. They came with the heavy-armed-men, ex-\\ncept as many as were sufficient to guard the citadel.\\n6. Those who were besieging the city were called.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "122 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\n7. We ordered the exiles to make an expedition in\\ncompany with lis. 8. We did not cease, until we\\nrestored the exiles to their home. 9. We promised\\nhim not to cease, yntil we should restore the exiles\\nto their home.\\nExercise LXVI.\\nVocabulary.\\nddc^sco, coy -rjao) (a priv. and dixriy justice)^ to in-\\njure,\\nalqkcoy c5 (princ. pts. Gr. 450, 1 S. Gr. 300), to\\ntake mid. to take for ones self, to choose.\\nav, Gr. 873; 757; S. Gr. 524.\\naQX(o (princ. pts. Gr. 424, 2 S. Gr. 300), to rule,\\nHIGy. 851 S. Gr. 580, d.\\nhi {r]j Tj^, fjy justice often justice for a wrong done\\nhence, punishment,\\ntiy if whether.\\ntlSovj aor. of oQaco princ. pts. Gr. 450, 4 S. Gr.\\n300.\\ne:iioTa/.tac, synopsis and prin. pts. Gr. 404, 6 S.\\nGr. 300, to understand, to know how.\\nt:icTidrjiLit (aTvi, upon riiftj/LiCy to put) to put upon\\nspoken of punishment, to inflict.\\nLvay that., in order that a final conj.\\nKiXi^xt^, coy, oly Cilicians.\\nfibVTOCy yety however.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "SHORT SENTENCES 123\\nolda^ princ. pts., synops. and inflec. Gr. 409, 6; S,\\nGr. 280, f., io hioio.\\noriy a declarative conj t/iat.\\novy adv. of place, where.\\nTiQog TV. ace, to, towards, against.\\nV7i6 w. gen., i5y, denoting the agent w. pass, verbs.\\n(ft] Lit, prin. pts., synops. and inflec. Gr. 404, 2 S.\\nGr. 274, b, to say, affirm,\\nZQh^^ only the pres. system in Att., to tvis/i, to de*\\nsire.\\nNote. The irregular verbs olda and rpri/Lu have\\nnot been introduced before, and will require special\\nattention,\\nPronounce the Greeh translate; and parse.\\n1. OvTog rjv Tcov d/iKfl MiXrjTOv OTQaTtvo/Lib^\\nvo)v (Gr. 572, a). 2. Kal tids rag o^rjvdgy ov ol\\nKiXixbg ecfvXaTTOv. 3. Ei drj di^aca noLr]6co ov?c\\nOlda. 4. Vrc lAtvTOL dhixtlo^aL (Gr. 774, 775\\nS. Gr. 536, b) vo/Lii^ec vcp iifxcov olda, 5. Tcp\\ndvS()l ov dv tXrj6 t :itl6o/jaiy Lva tldrjrs ore xa\\\\\\ndQXbO at iTtioraiLiac, 6. Ugbg tovtov tqr] /jou-\\nXtoihu (same subj. as tcpr} he said he icished, etc.\\nGr. 774, 775; S. Gr. 536, b) a tlv. 7. Tnv\\n(Gr. 529; S. Gr. 377, e) di^nv t(fr} xqi^tLv am^\\nxHiva: avTCp. 8. Jlcav, jj Oav, j^dsoav. u6av.\\ntloav. hcfaoav. 9. Eialv. ia6cv. lOaatv. idoiy.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "124 FIRST GREEK BOOK.\\ncpaolv (Gr. 105, c S. Gr. 65, c). 10. lode, eavco.\\nid^i. I rco, lO i. LOT CO, etc. llnco. 11. Hidtcv (Gr.\\n11, But Avlien, etc. S. Gr. 5, b), ddov. iav eldco.\\nf,av Idco, tldtiijv av. l8oc/lic av. 12. Oi tidoveg.\\nol idovTtg,\\nTranslate into Greek,\\n1. We were of those engaged in military opera-\\ntions around the city. 2. He will see the tents,\\nwhere the Cilicians are keeping guard. 3. Whether\\nnow we shall do justly (lit. just things) we know\\nnot. 4. They suppose they (Gr. 774, 775; S. Gr.\\n536, b) are injured by us. 5. However, we know\\nthat they suppose they are injured by the city. 6.\\nWe shall yield obedience to the men whom he shall\\nhave chosen. 7. You will know that I understand\\nhow to be governed also. 8. Know thou that I un-\\nderstand how both to govern and be governed. 9.\\nHe will yield obedience to the men whom we shall\\nhave chosen, in order that we may know that he un-\\nderstands how to be governed also. 1 0. They said they\\nwished (see No. 6, above, Greek) to go against the\\nking. 11. We were. We went. We knew. 12.\\nWe were sending. We sent. We said. 13. We\\nare. We are going. We know. We send. We\\nsay. 14. He knew. He saw. 15. The one who\\nknows. The one who saw. 10. To or for the one\\nwho knows. To or for the one who saw.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "GENERAL VOCABULARy.\\nENGLISH-GREEK.\\nA.\\nAble, kavos^ To be able, dC-\\nvafxai.\\nAbout around), d/i ^i, irepi.\\nWith numerals, wy.\\nAcropolis, ciKpoTTokLs.\\nAdmire, 3ai;/xafa), ay a fiat.\\nAffair, Trpayfia.\\nAffirm, (prjjjLL,\\nAgainst, et?, eV/, or npos, each\\nwith the ace.\\nAgreement, to come to an ag.\\nwith, KaraXvco rrpos W. the\\nace.\\nAll, Traff, All together, avp^Tras.\\nAlready, drj.\\nAlways, dei.\\nAmong, w. a verb of rest, eV and\\nthe dat. w. a verb of motion,\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00acLs and the ace.\\nAnd, Kni. Both and, Ka\\\\\\nKUL re Kill,\\nAppoint, dnodeUvvpi.\\nApprehend, avWafxfidva).\\nArmy, arpdrcvfia^ crrparid.\\nAround, see About.\\nArrive, dcpiKV^op-aL^ napayiypj-\\n/iai, TTdp\u00e2\u0082\u00acl}lL,\\nAs, ojs-. As much as, oaos. As\\nmany as, oaoi.\\nAssemble, d^pol^a avWeyco,\\nAssociate with, avyyiyvoiiai.\\nAt, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7TL w. dat.\\nAttempt, neipdoiiai.\\nAware, to be aware of, atVSai/o-\\nfiat. To be aware of before-\\nhand, TTpoaio-^duofiaL,\\nAway, to go away, dnipxopai^\\naneipi.\\nAxe, d^ivT],\\nB.\\nBack, back again, ttoXlv,\\nBad, KQKOS.\\nBanish, iK^dWco, To be banish-\\ned, CKTrLTTTCO.\\nBarbarian, pdp^apos.\\nBase, TTovrjpds,\\nBattle, pdxrj.\\nBeast, wild beast, ?ir)p.\\nBeautiful, /caXo f.\\nBeauty, KaXXos,\\nBecome superior to, nepiyiyvo*\\np-ai.\\nBefore, 7rp6.\\nBe^ off, f ^aiTt co.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "126\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY,\\nBegin, ^Vx\\nBehalf, in behalf of, vnip w.\\ngen.\\nBelong to, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac1^x1 w. gen.\\nBette,r, djjLelviov.\\nl]ird, oi.)vis.\\nBlack, fx(\\\\as.\\nBoat, 77X0101/.\\nBody, (Tcofia.\\nBone, oaTeov^ 6(TT0VP.\\nBorn, to be born, ylyuo^ai.\\nBoth, dfjLCporepco. Both and,\\nKol KUL T\u00e2\u0082\u00ac Kill,\\nBoy, Tral?.\\nBreadth, cvpos.\\nBreast-plate, Swpa^.\\nBrother, dbeXcpos,\\nBy (agent), vno w. gen. Along\\nby, Trapd w. acc. By land,\\nKara, yrjv J by sea, Kara SaXar-\\nrav,\\n0.\\nCall, KaXco).\\nCalumniate, ^lajSdXXa).\\nCast out, eVjSdXXco.\\nCast together, a-vfi^dWa),\\nChance, rvyxd^ci).\\nChoose, oipfOfiaL,\\nChariot, dp pa.\\nCitizen, nokLTrji,\\nCluud, pt(j)os.\\nCollect, auXXc yw.\\nCome, tJko)^ 7rapayiyvop,ai,\\nCommand, KcXevcj^ TrpotaTrjpi,\\nCommander, apxcoi/.\\nCompetent, Uauus.\\nConceal, to be concealed from,\\nXav ^dvo),\\nConfer with, arvp^ovXcixo, w. dat.\\nContribute, (Tvpj3dX\\\\(o.\\nCooperate with, orvpTrpdrTO).\\nCountry, x^P^*\\nCrown, (TTe(pavos.\\nCurrent, /joo?, povi,\\nD.\\nDanger, klvBvuos. To be in\\ndanger, incur danger, KLvdv\\nP\u00e2\u0082\u00acVO},\\nDarius, Aapelos-.\\nDaric, dap\u00e2\u0082\u00acLK6s,\\nDaughter, ^vyuTrjp,\\nDay, rjpepa.\\nDeath, ^dvaros.\\nDeed, ivpdypa.\\nDeep, jSaSuy.\\nDeliberate, pov\\\\evopai\u00c2\u00bb\\nDelicious, rjbvs.\\nDemand, d^Loco.\\nDepth, ^d^os.\\nDesire, xPnC^-\\nDie, dno^ii/rjaKcj,\\nDifficulties, it pay para.\\nDishonor, dTipd^oa,\\nDispleased, to be d., ay^opau\\nDispose, dtaTt ^Tjpi.\\nDoor, ?ivpa.\\nDown, dovvn from, Kara w. gen.\\nDwell, oIk\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(o.\\nE.\\nEnemy (in war), noXepios,\\nEntreat, deopai.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "ENGLISH GREEK.\\n127\\nE tablish, Ka3i(rn;/Lti. In the in-\\ntrans. tenses, to become es-\\ntablished.\\nEsteem, ayafiai.\\nEvery, nas.\\nExcept, ttXtjv.\\nExhibit, iTTibciKwyii.\\nExile, (f)vydsj (f)\u00e2\u0082\u00acvyoiv.\\nExpedition, to make an ex.,\\n(rTpaT\u00e2\u0082\u00acv(o.\\nExpel, eV.3dXXa).\\nExpend one s resources upon,\\n8a7ravd(D dfj-cpi W. the aCC.\\nEye, 6(p ^a \\\\ii6s.\\nF.\\nFalse, yj/evdrjs.\\nFalsehood, ^//-eOSoff,\\nFar from, Troppco,\\nFather, wari^p.\\nFavor, subst., xap s\\nFavor, verb, vncipxco.\\nFavorably, cvvolkcos.\\nFertile, Kapnocpopog.\\nFlee, (pevycD,\\nFleet, Ta^vg*\\nForeigner, ^dp^apos.\\nFriend, (fjlXos.\\nFriendly, (/)iXiof. In a friendly\\nmanner, 7rp6s ^Cklav also \u00e2\u0082\u00acu-\\nVOLKOiS,\\nFriend-hip, (f)L\\\\La,\\nFrom, ciTTo. From a person,\\nirapd w. the gen.\\nFront, in front of, irpd, durl.\\nFugitive, 6 ^eCycov.\\nFull, nXi]pr)i,\\nFurnish, irapexco. To give trou-\\nble, Trpdypara irapixeLV,\\nG.\\nGeneral, aTparrjyos*\\nGift, doopov.\\nGive, dldaipi.\\nGive back, give in full, give\\nwhat is due, dTrobidcopi.\\nGo, 6t/it, \u00e2\u0082\u00acp)(opai.\\nGo away, aTec/xt, dnepxop.ai.\u00c2\u00bb\\nGo into, ctaeLpi.\\nGo up, dua^aivco.\\nGod, 36oy.\\nGold, xp^f^ds.\\nGobi en, xp ^fJ ovs.\\nGood, ayaSoy.\\nGovern, \u00c2\u00abpx^-\\nGovernment, dpxrj.\\nGrace, x^P\\nGraceful, xaptf*?.\\nGreat, peyas.\\nGreater, pd^oav.\\nGuard, cjjvXa^.\\nGuest, ^ivos,\\nH.\\nHair, 3/ji^ often used in the\\nplur. r/3f ;^ef, where we should\\nuse the sing.\\nHappen, hit, rvyxdua.\\nHave, e;^a).\\nHear, dicovo).\\nHeavy, ^apCs.\\nHeight, ijyjfos.\\nHerald, Ktjpv^,", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "1.2S\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY.\\nHero, ijijco?, r-\\nHill, ylj\\\\o(l)09, ^^y^^ wUP^\\nHome, homeward, olKabe, ^tyttU*\\nHoney, /x\u00c2\u00abXt. w UC^O\\nHonor, Tijirj.^^^i^HVi^\\nHoiKirable, ^aUy Z^l^\\nHope, eXTr/f. ^^-^/tX^tiy\\nHorn, K\u00e2\u0082\u00acpa\\\\\\\\:] Jk/\\\\/o[^3i^\\nHorse, tTTTros-.-u.^.^v-^\\nHost, ^\u00e2\u0082\u00acVOS. Tt\\nHostile, 7To\\\\\u00e2\u0082\u00acjxiou iX4s^^^^*v^^ ^^f^\\nHouse, oiKta.i crClKA^OL\\nHow, oTTcos, c^L^;^ JL\\nHowever, fievroi. rW\\\\J^^^^^4P^\\nL\\nInflict (punishment), eiriTi^rjiii\\nInjure, dSt^eo).\\nInstead of, durl.\\nIsland, vrjaos.\\nJudge, KpLTTji,\\nJustice, punishment, dUrf.\\nK.\\nKill, anoKTcivco.\\nKing, l^aa-iXcus, To be king,\\nfiu(TL\\\\\u00e2\u0082\u00acV(t\\nKingdom, IBao-iXcia.\\nKnow, ol8a.\\nKnow how, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7rl(TTa^iai,\\nL.\\nLabor, novos.\\n^and, yr) by land, Kara yrjvm\\nLanguage, yXwrra.\\nLarge, fieyas larger, ^\u00e2\u0082\u00acl((ov.\\nLaw, pofjLcsm\\nLength, firfKos.\\nLie down, lie still, KaraKeiixai,\\nLife, jStoff.\\nLight, (^co?.\\nLine-of-battle, (j)d\\\\ay^.\\nLion. Xecov.\\nLioness, Xeaiva.\\nLive, OLK\u00e2\u0082\u00ac CO,\\nLong, ^QKpos,\\nM.\\nMan, (iv^pcoTTos^ dvrjp. Old man^\\nyepodv.\\nMainland, fj-rr^ipos.\\nMercenary force, ^\u00e2\u0082\u00acvlk6v.\\nMilk, yciXa.\\nMind, v6o9^ vovs.\\nMoney, xpw^t^*\\nMonth, prju.\\nMore, pdXXov,\\nMother, pr)TT}p,\\nMouth, (TTopa*\\nMuch as much as, Sa-os as\\nmany as, oa-oi.\\nMultitude, TrX^Sof.\\nMuse, fJLovo-a.\\nK\\n!N eed, S/o).\\nNight, vv^.\\nNo one, nobody, ovdcls.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "M^^^\\nNoire, 3o/JU^Or.\\nNot, OU, 0\\\\)K., OV)(y fxf],\\nNolljing, ovbcp.\\nNourish, rpicj^co.\\nNourishment, Tpocf)Tj.\\nNow, pTj.\\nO.\\nOlder, oldest, 7rp\u00e2\u0082\u00aca^uT\u00e2\u0082\u00acpos npea-\\njBvTaTOS.\\nOld man, yepcov.\\nOn, fTTt.\\nOpponent, dvTLaTaaLcdTrjs*\\nOr,,-.\\nOrator, prjToap,\\nOrder, vopo^. To order, KeXevoi.\\nTo send orders, Trapa-yyeXXo).\\nOut of, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac/C, 6|.\\nPark, Trapabeiaos.\\nPay, /ito-^os-.\\nPay attention to, i-mixekioyiai.\\nPeople, Xecoj.\\nPerceive beforehand, Trpoato-Sci-\\nvopai.\\nPersuade, Tre/So).\\nPhalanx, (paXay^,\\nPlace, ri ^rjfxL. Place apart, Sm-\\nPlain, nebiou.\\nPleasant, i^Suy.\\nPleasing, xapi?*?.\\nPlot, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7nfiov\\\\r].\\nPlot againsf, eVi/3ovXeuaj.\\nPower, in the power of, eVi w.\\ndat.\\nPresent, to be present, ndpeLfxi.\\n129\\nTTO^e. ()pnL\u00c2\u00bb\\nPromise, {j7ri(Tx^^op,ai.\\nPropitious, tXecor.\\nPunishment, St/c^.\\nPut, TL^irjpL, Put to death, dno\\nKT\u00e2\u0082\u00acLVOi,\\nQ.\\nQuiet, rjcrvxoi.\\nli.\\nKank, rd^ts.\\nRather, p,d\\\\\\\\ov.\\nRescue by entreaty, efatrco).\\nR store, /cardyco.\\nRevenue, daafios.\\nRiver, Trorafios.\\nRoad, odik.\\nRound about, Trept.\\nRow, see Rank.\\nRule, apx^oa.\\nRuler, apxonp.\\nS.\\nSake, for the sake of, vnep w.\\nthe gen.\\nSame, 6 avros.\\nSatrap, o-aTpdirrjs*\\nSaw, \u00e2\u0082\u00acl8ov see opdoa.\\nSea, SaXncro-a, Att. SaXarra.\\nSeem, seem expedient, Sok/o)\\nusu. impers. hoK^I.\\nSeize, al.)i(jd.\\nSelf, aurof.\\nSend, nepTTCD, Send away, aTro-\\nTre/xTTO). Send for, pfTiiTrepno\\npal. Send orders, napayyiX\\nXo).", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "130\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY,\\nSet, ItTTrjfjii. Set off, d(pL(rTTjPLi\u00c2\u00bb\\nShadow, (TKid.\\nShepherd, noifirjv.\\nShort, ppaxvs.\\nSilver, apyvpos.\\nSilver, of silver, dpyvpovs*\\nSl.iy, d7roKT\u00e2\u0082\u00acLPa},\\nSlow, ^padvs.\\nSmall, p.LKp6s,\\nSo, OVTCOS.\\nSo as, so that, wore.\\nSoldier, o-TpaTiuiTrjs*\\nSome, TLves, Some others,\\nol pev ot Se.\\nSon, \\\\;i09, Traif.\\nStand, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac(TTT]Ka, Stand apart,\\ndUo-TTjKa, Stand off, d(p\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(TTrjfca,\\nSteward, rapias.\\nStone, X(Sof.\\nStream, p6os^ povs.\\nStreet, 65oy.\\nStrife, epif.\\nSafficient, kai/os\\nSupport, Tpocf)!],\\nSuppose, vopi^co.\\nSweet, T]du9.\\nSwift, Ta)(vs*\\nT.\\nTake, Xap^dvu^ alpeco. Take un-\\nder one s protection, vnoXap-\\n(Bdvo).\\nTemple, i/fcor.\\nTent, (TKrjvrf,\\nTestament, dia tfjKr),\\nTi.an, 7/.\\nThat (pron tKflvos (as de-\\nclarative conj.) oTi, wf; (as\\nfinal conj.) tm, to?.\\nThen, at that time, t6t\u00e2\u0082\u00ac.\\nThink, vopL(ij\\nThis, QVTo^^ ode.\\nThracian, Opa^,\\nThus, ouro), 0VTC09.\\nTime, fitting time, Katpos,\\nTo, towards, eVi w. the ace.,\\nTrpof w. ace.\\nTongue, yXaxro-a, Att, yXcorra.\\nTrouble, Trpdypara,\\nTrue, aX7;3/}?.\\nTrumpet, o-dX7riy|.\\nTruth, aXry^eia.\\nTi V, mipdco,\\nU.\\nUnderstand, know how, eniara\\npal.\\nUnprepared, dTrapdaKcvos,\\nUntil, irpoa^ev Trplv,\\nUpon, eVi w. dat.\\nUpward, civco.\\nVine, a/iTTfXof.\\nVoyage, TrXoor, ttXoi)*.\\nW.\\nWages, pay, juiaSds.\\nWagon, dpo^a.\\nWall, r6i;(o$\\nWant, deopat.\\nWatchman, (^i;Xaf,\\nWater, vdcop.\\nWay, oSdy.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "GREEK ENGLISH.\\n131\\nVT/iMtever, 6 n.\\nWhere (relat. adv. ov.\\nWhether, \u00e2\u0082\u00aci.\\nWho, relat. o?; interrog. r/y.\\nWhoever, oo-rif.\\nWholly, TraiTUTrao-ti/.\\nWhy, r/;\\nWide, svpi-;.\\nWidth, -2eos.\\nWise, (To(f 6s.\\nWish, ^ovXafiat.\\nWith, by the side of, napd w\\ndat. in company with, avv.\\nAVork, epyov.\\nWorthy, u^los to tbiuk worthy.\\nY.\\nYet, fxepTOL,\\nGREEK\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENGLISH.\\nayaSoy, 6p^ good,\\nayafxai^ dydcroiJiaL, r)yd(T?irjV^ rare\\nTjyao-dixrjv, to admire^ to es-\\nteem,\\ndSeX(^o?, o{), o, a Irotlier,\\ndSt/ceo), 00, -770-0) rfr. adiKOi UTl-\\njiist)^ to act unjustly^ w. aa\\nace. to injure,\\ndei^ adv. always,\\nrf3po/^o), dSpoiVo), Kre. (fr. dSlpooy\\nassembled)^ to assemble.\\nulpeco^ o), -r](T(jL elXov^ rjprjKa^ VPV\\n/Ltai, jjpe^rjv^ to taJce, to seize.\\nMid. ^0 tol /br OTze self^ to\\nchoose,\\nahi ^dvopaL^ nla^rjaopai^ jja ^oprjVy\\ng(j?ir]paL^ to perceive^ to become\\naware of.\\naKovco, QKOvaopiai^ rJKova-a^ aKr}-\\nKoa^ rJKovcTpai^ rjKova^rjv^ to\\nJiear,\\n6\\naKpo7roX(9, d/cpOTToXeo)?, T} (uKpo^\\nhighest; ttoKls city), an acro^\\npoliSj a citadel,\\ndXrj ^rjs^ e f, true,\\nd\\\\T] ^\u00e2\u0082\u00acLa^ ay, t] (fr. d\\\\r]?ir] i)^ truth.\\napa^a^ r)s^ rj^ a wagon,\\ncipireXos^ dpTTiXov, a vine,\\ndp(f)i^ about^ around.\\ndjuc^orepo), dp(j)OTepoiVj both.\\nciu, Gr. 873.\\ndva^aivco {dvd^ jSatVo)), dva^rjcro\\n/xat, dve^r^v^ dvajSeprjKa (dva^r)\\n(Tco and du\u00e2\u0082\u00ac^r](Ta are causative).,\\nto go up.\\ndvrjp^ dpdpos^ 6, Latin mr, a\\nman.\\n\u00c2\u00abV3pa 7ro?, ov, 6, Latin homo^ a\\nhuman being^ a man,\\ndvTi, prep. w. gen. only, in front\\nof instead of in preference\\nto.\\nduTL(TTa(noi TT]s, ov. 6 (dvTi againft^", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "133\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY.\\nardais a parfy^ and that fr.\\n^imjfii to sef)^ an opponent.\\n\u00c2\u00abj/o adv. (fr. avd vp)^ upward,\\nd^iuT)^ 7;v, aJl axe,\\nn^tof, d^ia^ a^LOV^ ICOrtJiy,\\nn^ioo), o), -oxTo), KTe. to deem Wor-\\nthy^ to demand.\\nd7rapa(TK\u00e2\u0082\u00acvos, ov (a priv. rrapa-\\no-KcvT) a preparation) J unpre-\\npared.\\naneiyii (otto aicay elfii to go)^\\nto go away. Usu. as fut. of\\nd7r\u00e2\u0082\u00acp)(^ofiai (uTrd away, cpxofxai\\nto go)^ dneXevcropai^ USU. anei-\\n/Lit, aTT^XSoi/, dncXrjXv ^a^ tO go\\naway.\\n0770, prep. w. gen. only, fi^om^\\naway from; sometimes de-\\nnoting means, dno tovtcov tcop\\n)(pr)iJLdT($)v^ with these treas-\\niires.\\ndlTodeLKVVpL (aTTO Jort7l.^\u00e2\u0082\u00acLKVVpi tO\\nshoic)^ to show forth, publish,\\nappoint.\\naTTobidcopL (dno away, in full;\\ndidojpL to give), to pay in full,\\nto pay what is due.\\ndno ^pfjaKco (dno denoting depar-\\nture, ?ivrj(TK(ii to die), dno^iavoi)-\\nfiai, dne ^avov, dnoTe ^prjKa, to\\ndie.\\nanoKTCLvo) (and denoting depar-\\nture, KT\u00e2\u0082\u00acLVU to Tcill), dnOKTfVU),\\ndn\u00e2\u0082\u00acKT\u00e2\u0082\u00acLva, dneKTova^ to put to\\ndeath, Tcill^ slay.\\nanon\u00e2\u0082\u00acp.n(o (dno away, nffinao to\\nsend), dnontpyf/ d), dnen^iJiylrtu\\ndnoninopcfya, to send away*\\napyvpos, ov, 6, Silver,\\ndpyvpois, pa, povv, of silver,\\ndppa, dppiiTo^, TO, a chariot.\\nApra^\u00e2\u0082\u00acp^r]9, ov, 6. Artaxerxcs,\\nking of Persia.\\ndpxr]^ ^ff, J7, hegimiing^ command^\\ngovernment, province.\\napxa, cip^o, rjp^a, rjpxa, ^py/^at,\\nrjpx ^-qv, to teg in, to govern^\\nrule, command,\\napx ^v, 0VT09, 6, a ruler, com*\\nmander.\\nari/zafo) (a priv., riprj honor),\\nari/xaoro), r)TLpaaa, TjTipaKa,\\nrjTipao-fjLai, T}TiiJida?ir)v, to dis-\\nhonor pass, to le dishonor-\\ned.\\navToi, T), 6, inters, pron. self;\\npreceded by the article, the\\nsame; in the oblique cases,\\nand not in apposition with a\\nnoun or pron., him, her, it,\\nthem.\\nd(f)LT)pL (dno away, Lr]pL to send)^\\nd(f)r]aco, d(f)riKa, a^el/ca, a^fi/iot,\\nd(t)\u00e2\u0082\u00acL?ir]v, to send away, let go,\\ndismiss,\\nd(l)iKV\u00e2\u0082\u00acopaL, ovpai, d(f)L^opai, dcfny-\\npai, d pLK6pT}v, to arrive,\\nd(j)L(TTr]pL (dno, la-T-qpi), dnoarrjo-a),\\ndneo-TTjaa, *nicrTr)v, d(f \u00e2\u0082\u00ac(TTi]Kay\\nd(l)\u00e2\u0082\u00acaT(tpaL, dneard irjv, to J.lace\\naway, remove. In the pf.,\\nplupf., fut. pf., and 2(1 aor.\\nact. in the pass., and in the", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "GREEK ENGLISH\\n133\\nfut. mid., to stand away^ with-\\ndraw,\\nax ^ofxaL (fr. ux ^oi a lurden),\\ndened, to he displeased.\\nB.\\n/SaSiy, ela, v, deep,\\nfidp^apos^ ov, 6, a barbarian\\nforeigner,\\nl5apvs^ ela, v, heavy,\\nPaaikcia, ay, 17, a Tcingdom.\\nPaaiKcvsj 60)9, 6, a Tcing,\\npaa-iXevoi^ \u00e2\u0082\u00acvcr(o^ KTe. to be Icing^\\nto reign.\\n^e\\\\TL(oVj ^iXnov^ COmp. of dya-\\nSos, better.\\nftios^ ov^ 0, lije,\\n/SoL/Xeuco, \u00e2\u0082\u00acvcrco^ kt\u00e2\u0082\u00ac. to talce coun-\\nsel mid. to talce one^s own\\ncounsel^ to deliberate.\\n^ovXofjiai^ ^ovXrjaofjLaL, ^c^ovXt)-\\npaij \u00e2\u0082\u00acpovXr] ^r}V^ to IclsJl.\\n/5ouj, ^oosy 6 or 77. an ox^ or cow,\\nftpa^vs^ iSpaSeia, fipaduj slow,\\nPpax^s^ Ppax^^a^ ^pcix^t short.\\nFtiXa, ytiXa^Tor, to, milk,\\nyepiav^ yepoz/rof, 6, an old man,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2y^, y^f, T/, the earthy the land\\nKara yrjv^ by land.\\n)7;Xo(/)Of, Of, 6 (fr. y\u00c2\u00bb5, Xo(^oj, (272\\neminence), an earth-mound, a\\nhill,\\nyiyi/o/xai, y^vriaofxai, y\u00e2\u0082\u00acy(vqpai OV\\ny/yoi/a, eycunprjp, to come into\\nbeing, to be born, to become,\\nyXoioraa, Att. yXirra, 77 sr, J^j\\ntongue, a language.\\n4\\nSaTrai^ao), oj, -rjcra), kt\u00e2\u0082\u00ac, (^dairavrj\\nexpense), to expend; w. a/i(/)(\\nand ace. to expend one^s re-\\nsources on.\\nbap\u00e2\u0082\u00acLK6s\u00e2\u0080\u009e OV, 6 (Aapelof), a Daric,\\na Persian gold coin first is-\\nsued by Darius I. hence the\\nname worth about $3.50.\\nAapeiof, OV, 6, Darlus, king of\\nPersia.\\ndaaposy ov, 6 (Saio) to divide), rev-\\nenue, tribute.\\ndea-TTOTTj^, OV, 6, a master.\\ndeoo, dcrjcTco, ederja-a, dcderjKa, Se-\\nderjp.ai, fSeTj^T/i/, to needy mid.\\nto want, to entreat,\\ndid, w. gen. through; w. ace.\\non account of.\\nhia^dXXtii {hid through, asunder\\n/SaXXo) to cast), dia^aXco, bu-\\npaXov, dia^e^XriKa, dialBqSXrj\\npai^ h\u00e2\u0082\u00ac^Xrpr]v, to calum-\\nniate.\\n8La?ir]Krj, rji, rj, a testament.\\nbuiTL?iT]pL {did apart ri^rjpi to\\nput), SiaSiJo-a), 8i\u00e2\u0082\u00ac ir]Ka, diare-\\n3ei/ca, dLaTf ieipai, StfrcS?;!/, tO\\nput apart, to dispose.\\ndua-TTjpu (did apart la-rqpi to\\nset)^ diaaTTjaoi), dUerrTja-a, diiw\\nTrjv, diiaTrjKaj dUarapaL, bifaTd", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "134\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY.\\n^r)v, to set apart in the in-\\ntraris. tenses and ia the pass,\\nand mid., to stand apart.\\nbUf]^ 7/, justice^ punishment.\\nto seem^ to seem expedient,\\nI Tj ^Tju or r)dvui]?ir]u^ to he able.\\ndui^afjLLs, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac(os^ rjj poicer, military\\npower, forces,\\ndvo, two.\\nbcbpop, ov, t6^ a gift,\\nE.\\nft, if; w. indie, or optat.\\nIdovj aor. of opdco.\\ntlfiL, see Gr. to de; w. gen. to\\nbelong to.\\ndjjLi, see Gr. to go. Usu. as fut.\\nof \u00e2\u0082\u00acp)(oixaL.\\nfty, /uta, ez/, one.\\n619, w. acc. only, into, among.\\ne L(T\u00e2\u0082\u00acLfiL {els, elfiL to go), to go into.\\nbefore a vowel e^, vv. gen.\\nonly, out of from.\\neKl3ak\\\\(D (fK, /3dXXa), /SaXo), e/Sa-\\n3771/, to cast), to cast out, to ex-\\npel.\\niK\u00e2\u0082\u00acLVos, rj, o, that,\\niKTrLTTTCD {(K. TTLTTTCO, 7r\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(rOVfXaL,\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00ac7T\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(T0V, TreTTTCOKo), tO full OUt,\\nto be expelled 6 eKneTrTCDKois,\\nhe who has been expelled, the\\nexile.\\nEXXaff, aBos, rj, Hellas, Greece.\\niXnUy tSof, r), hope.\\niv, w. dat. only, in, among.\\ne ^atreo), w, -T](rco (e^, aireo) tO aslc),\\nto beg off, to rescue by one s\\nentreaties.\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00ac7rl, on, upon; w. dot. depending\\non, in the power of; \\\\y. acc.\\nto, towards, against.\\niiTL^ovKevcd {inl, povXevco to taJce\\ncounsel), to plot against, w.\\ndat,\\nim^ovXr], rjs, fj, a plot.\\neTTideLKvvfXL {eiTL, deiKuvfiL to show),\\nto show, to exhibit.\\nCTTLjieXeofiai, ovjiat, and eTrtfJieXo-\\nfiaL (eV/, jJLeXofiaL to care), \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7TL-\\n{jLeXrjcroiiaL, iTrLfxefjLeXTjfjLuL, ine-\\nfX\u00e2\u0082\u00acXr]^r]v, to care for, p^ay at\\ntention to, w. gen.\\niiTLa-rajiaL, cTnarrjorofxai, rjTno-rr]-\\n3771/, to be acquainted wit\\\\ to\\nhiow how.\\neTTLTL ^TjiJLL {ijTL, tl ^tjixl), enC^i]iT(o,\\nfjiai, eirere ^rjir, tO place upon\\nof punishment {hiKrjv) to in-\\nflict.\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00acpyov, ov, TO, a worTc,\\ne/jiff, 1^09^ 77, a strife.\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00acvvoLKods (ev well, voos, mind), in\\na friendly manner.\\nevpos (eo?), ovs, to, width,\\nevpvi, \u00e2\u0082\u00acla, V, wide.\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00ac^(0, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac^co or o-x^Cio, ecrxov^ ^^X^\\nKa, eo-x^JfJ-uL, eax^ ^rjv, to have,\\nto hold. Intrans. to exist, to\\nbe \u00e2\u0082\u00acupoLK(os ex^Lv, to be friend-\\nly, w. dat. of person.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "GREEK ENGLISH.\\n135\\nH.\\n7, or with the comparative de-\\ngree, than.\\nrj8r]j already^ now, at once,\\nr}(^L$, eta, i siceef^ deUcious^\\njjleasant,\\nrJK(o^ T]^Q} the pres. is often pf.\\nin meaning; and the impf. is\\nofren used as aor., am come,\\nam here, hate arrived,\\nTjfiepo, as, T], a dap,\\nTjv=idv, t/J used only w. the snb-\\njunc.\\niJTT\u00e2\u0082\u00acLpo9, ov, 7], mainland, conti-\\nnent,\\nrjpocis, Tjpcoos, 6, a hero.\\nrjavxos, ov, quiet.\\n^aXacrcra, Att. ?id\\\\aTTa, rjs, 17, the\\nsea,\\n5at/aT09. Sai/droi;, 6, death.\\nSau/idfo), ?iavpaaop.ai, rare ^av-\\np.d(T(o, i ^avpaaa, Te^avfiaKa,\\nrf ^aipacrpai, e?iavfidG^r]v, in-\\ntrans. to iconder trans, to\\niconder at, to admire.\\nSedr, ov, 6 or T], a god, or god-\\ndess.\\nS?7p, ^Tjpos, 6, a wild least.\\n^opvSos, ^opvpov, 6, a noise.\\nGpa^, QpaKos, 6, a Thraciau.\\n^P^^i P -X^^j h 7 ^ften used in\\nthe phir. where we use the\\nsingular, hair.\\n^vydrrjp, rpos, r), a daughter.\\nSi pa, ny, 17, a door,\\n^oipa^j Scopa/coy, 6, a Iveast-jplate.\\nI\\nlep\u00e2\u0082\u00acvg, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac(o5, 6, a priest,\\niKavus, T], ov, sufficient, alle.\\niXeois, (OV, propitious,\\nIva, a final couj., that, in order\\nthat,\\nIttttos, ov, 6, a horse,\\nIx^^^i ^os, 6, a fish.\\nloiviKos, Tj, OV, Ionian.\\nK\\nKa ^iaTTjpi (Kard do2Cn, laTTjpi to\\nset, Gr. 403, 5), to set down, to\\nestablish. In the intrans.\\ntenses, to hecome established.\\nKai, and, also, even.\\nKaipos, ov, 6, a fitting time,\\nKaKos, 77, 6v, bad, wiclced.\\nKokiw, w, Kokeaco OV KaXw, iKu\\nXeaa, KeKXrjKa, KeKXrjfiai, eWrj-\\n^T]v, to call, summon. Pass.\\nto l)e called, named,\\nKaXXof, \u00e2\u0082\u00acos, 0V9, TO, Icauty.\\nKokos, Y], 6v, leautiful, honor-\\nable.\\nKap7TO(j)6pO\u00c2\u00a3, OV {jcdpTTOS fruit, (j)C\\nDO) to bear), fruit-leariug,\\nfertile,\\nKacrroaXo s ov, 6, Castolus,\\nKard, prep. w. gen. or ace, doxcn^\\nalong koto, yijv, hj land,\\nKardycd (^Kard down, laclc ay on tO\\nlead), Kard^co, KUTrjyayov, Karrj-", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "136\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY.\\n\\\\a, icar?}y/xai, Kartjx ^rjv^ to lead\\nhimk^ to restore,\\nKaTuKtifxai {Kara doiDtl^ KC^fiai tO\\nto lie dotcfi^ to lie still.\\nKaraXvu) {Kara doiCTl^ Xva to loose)^\\nto dissolce KaTakixraL npos W.\\nthe ace. to come to an agree-\\nment with,\\nKiKevcDy KcXevcrco^ eKeXevcra^ K\u00e2\u0082\u00acK\u00e2\u0082\u00ac-\\nto order, hid,\\nKipai, KepaTOS and Kepcos, to, a\\nhorn,\\nKrjpv^ or KT]pv^, KrjpvKos, 6, a he-\\nraid,\\nLi/3vuos, KLubvvov, 6, dauger,\\nLi dvv\u00e2\u0082\u00acV(t -fvau), KTe, to incur\\ndanger.\\nairi7f, ov, 6, a judge.\\nKu/jof, ou, 6, Cyrus.\\nXapl^LivcD, Xj\\\\jropai, eXalBou, c lXrj-\\n0a, iXrjppaL, eXrjcp^rju, to taJce,\\nXai/^ufO), Xtjctcd, eXa ^ov, XeXrj ^a,\\nX4Xr]iTp.ai\\\\ trans, to elude, to\\nescape the notice of intrans.\\nto he concealed. With a parti-\\ncip. olten translated as adv.\\nsecretly while the particip.\\nis translated as a verh.\\nXetuva, XeaLvr]^, 17, a lioneSS,\\n\\\\\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(iiv, Xeoirroi, 6, a lion.\\nXfcof, Xfo), 5, peo2)le.\\nXi2off, ou, 6, a 8tone\u00c2\u00bb\\nM\\npaKposj a, ou, long*\\nfiaXXop, more, rather compara-\\ntive of /LtdXa.\\np^axit hi hattle.\\npeyas, peydXrj, peya, large, greats\\n/xe ye^o?, ovs, to, greatness, size,\\npei^cov, pfi^ov, greater, larger;\\ncomparative of peyas.\\npip, Gr. 862, a.\\np.ivToi, indeed, truly yet, how-\\never,\\npeXas, peXaLva, peXav, hlacTc^\\npeXi, peXiTos, TO, honey,\\npcTanepTTopaL (jJ-\u00e2\u0082\u00acTd, irepnon to\\nsend), usu. as mid. dep., to\\nsend for,\\npj], not. Gr. 832.\\nprjKos, OVS, TO, length,\\nprjv, prjvos, 6, a month.\\nprjTTjp, prjTpos^ T}, a mother.\\npLKpos, a, 6v, small.\\nMlXtjtos, ov, Tj, Miletus.\\n/xia3o$ ov, 6, pay, wages,\\nMovaa, rj^, t], a Muse.\\npvpLOL, ai, a, ten thousand,\\nN\\nvavs, vcoif, Tj (akin to veco to\\nswim Lat. navis), a ship.\\nveavias, ov, 6, a young man (fr,\\nv\u00e2\u0082\u00acos).\\nv\u00e2\u0082\u00acos, a, ov, new, young,\\npefpoi-, ovs, TO, a cloud.\\ni/fcoff, u\u00e2\u0082\u00accl 6, a temple.\\nvrjaos, ov, rj, an island.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "GREEK ENGLISH.\\n137\\nvoyii^oi^ vofiiaco^ or vojilo)^ ivoyna-a^\\nvevofxiKay vevufiiafJiaLy cvofilcr-\\nS/^i^, to thinky suppose,\\nvojjLosy ov, 6, lawj order, arrange-\\nment (fr. ve^u)^ to regulate).\\npovs, vovy 6, mind,\\nvv^y vvKTos, 37, night.\\n^evLKuv, ov, TO (^evof), a merce-\\nnary OY foreign force.\\n^\u00e2\u0082\u00aci/of, ou, 6, a guest or A6 s^, a\\nstranger, foreign soldier,\\nO\\no\u00c2\u00a7f, 77 Sf, T6h\u00e2\u0082\u00ac, this,\\nobos, oO, 17, a way, road, street.\\nolda, ctaofxai, ydeip or ydrj, to\\nTcnow,\\noLKobe (oLKos housej home, de\\nenclit. towards), homewards,\\nhome,\\noIk\u00e2\u0082\u00acCO, a, -T/O-Q), KT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac, tO UVC, dwell,\\nolKta, as, T], a hoicse,\\noivos, ov, 6, wine.\\novofia, ovofiaTos, to, a name.\\nonXiTTjs, ov, 6, a heavy-armed\\nsoldier, a hoplite.\\noTTWf, how, in what manner;\\nthat, in order that,\\n6/)aa7, CO, 6\\\\lroiJLai, eldov, eonftaKa,\\nidpdfiai, or QififiaL co^p ^rjv, to\\nsee.\\nopvLs, opuT^os, 6 ov r], a bird;\\nesp. a cock, or hen,\\nopoSf opovs, TO, a mountain.\\nOf, J7, o, who, which,\\noaroi, q, OP, as much as, as many\\nas,\\noaTLs, tJtls, o,ri, or o ti, whoever,\\nany one who, whichever, w/iat-\\never,\\n6(TTovp, OV, TO, a hone,\\nOTL, that, tecause,\\nov, before a vowel with smooth\\nbreathing ovk, before an aspi-\\nrate, OVX1 J^ot,\\nov, ichere,\\novdeis, ouSfju/a, ovdev, no one J\\nneut. nothing.\\nOVTOS, aVTT], TOVTO, tJlis, that.\\novT(o, thus, so, in this manner;\\nusu. denoting what precedes.\\n6(p ^aXp6s, ov, 6, an eye,\\nn\\nTralffj TratSo ff, 6 or 17, a child;\\nmasc. a son,\\nTTciXip, lack, again, lack again,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2naPTCLTTacnp {jTCLPTa, naa-Lp), whol\\nly.\\nTrapd, w. gen. from w. dat. ly\\nthe side of, near; w, ace. to\\nthe side of, near, along ly,\\nTrapayyeWoj (jrapd along, dyyeX-\\nXo) to announce), to send or-\\nders,\\nnapayiypopai (napd along, y ly\\npopQL to lecome), Trapay 6 1/7/0-0-\\npai, 7rap\u00e2\u0082\u00acy\u00e2\u0082\u00acp6pT]v, napayeyovcL,\\nand Trapayeyeurjpai^ to arrive,\\nnapadciaos, napadeio ov, 6 (a Per-\\nsian word), a park.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "138\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY,\\nrqpet/xt (Trnpa, ^t/^O? present^\\nto arrive,\\njrap\u00e2\u0082\u00acx ti (jrapa^ \u00e2\u0082\u00acX(o which see),\\nto furn ish^ p rov ide irpay^ara\\n7rap\u00e2\u0082\u00acX\u00e2\u0082\u00acLv-, to give trouble.\\nTravTos^ every all,\\nTraTTjpy iraTpos^ 6, a father\\nTrauo), Trauao), enravaa^ ir^iravKa^\\nTT\u00e2\u0082\u00aciTavpaL^ \u00e2\u0082\u00ac77avcr~rjv^ to cause to\\ncease^ to stop mid. to cease.\\nTTfdiov^ Of, TO, a plain,\\nTretSo), Treicro), eTreicra, 7T\u00e2\u0082\u00ac7T\u00e2\u0082\u00acLko,\\n7Te7T\u00e2\u0082\u00acl(TyiaL, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7T\u00e2\u0082\u00acLa~T)V, tO per-\\nsuade; mid. to obey.\\n7r\u00e2\u0082\u00acLpacD, -do (j), KTe. nsu. mid.\\ndep. neLpdopai, -copat, TreLpdao-\\npat, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7T\u00e2\u0082\u00acipaaapr}v^ tO tvy^ at-\\ntempt,\\nTTfpi, TV. gen. concerning; w.\\ndat. around ol ircpl ni/a, ^/^c s^\\naround any one^ attendants.\\nTTfpiylyvopaL (jrepi, yiyvopai), ttc-\\npLyevTjaopm, 7T\u00e2\u0082\u00acpLey\u00e2\u0082\u00acv6pr)v, tt^-\\npiyeyova OV TrepLyeyevrypaij tO\\nbecome superior to^ to surpass,\\nTiTjyr)^ TJs, J7, a source, fountain,\\n7rX^2;of, Of?, t6^ a multitude.\\n(Akin to TToXvs.)\\nn\\\\r)u, except.\\nrrXripT]?, p\u00e2\u0082\u00acs^fulL (Akin to tto-\\nXtf.)\\nn\\\\o7ov, Of, TO, a boat^ a trans-\\n2)ort. (Akin to ttXcoj to sail.)\\nfTj OLf, or, 6 (TrXfo) aae Zj, a\\nflailing, voynge,\\nnoifiTjv, evos, 6, a shepTierd,\\nTToXf/itof, lovj 6, a;i enemy (in\\nwar). (Fr. 7rdXf/xof.)\\nTToXe/iof, 01 d, uar,\\nTToXtj, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac0)?, 77, (7 city.\\nTToXiTT^y, Of, d (TToXty), a citizen.\\nTToXff, ttoXXtJ, TToXf, mucTi phir.\\nTTovTjpos, pd^ pov, base^ icicJced,\\n(Fr. 7rd\u00c2\u00bb/os.)\\nTTovos, Of, d, labor, toil. (Fr.\\nTTtVo) or nevopai to toil.)\\n7rop6f o), 6f o a), Kre. convey\\nUSU. pass. dep. 7rop\u00e2\u0082\u00acvopGi, -ed-\\n(Topai, 7r\u00e2\u0082\u00ac7r6 p\u00e2\u0082\u00acvpai, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac7rop\u00e2\u0082\u00acV^T]v,\\nto proceed. (Fr. Trdpoy, a pas-\\nsage.)\\nTToppco, forwards^ furilier w.\\nQQW. far from.\\nTTOTaposj Of, 0, a river. (Akin to\\nTTOTov drinJc.)\\nTTpayfJia, aros to (Trpdrrco), d\\ntiling done^ a deed plur.\\nfairs, difficulties.\\n7vp\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(T^hTcpos, a, or, older,\\nTrpd, prep. w. gen. ooly, before^\\nin front of,\\nTTpoaLd^dvopai {rrpo, ala ^dvopai^\\nala no-opai, f^a idprjv, Tjatijpai.)^\\nto perceive beforeliand, to be\\naware of beforehand.\\nTTpotaTTjpi (jrpd, IdTTjpi, aTTjaco,\\necTTTjcrn, eaT-qv, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac(JTT]Ka, caTafxai,\\ni(TTd^Tj\\\\^^ to set before; in tho\\nintrans. tenses, to standbefore,\\nto command, w. the gen.\\nTT/jQs, prep. w. gen. dat. or ficc.\\nTVith gen. by, on the part of^", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "GREEK ENGLISH,\\n139\\nin Tceeping with w. dat. near^\\nin addition to; with ncc. to^\\ntowards^ in respect to^ against,\\n7rp6a ^\u00e2\u0082\u00acv, lyefove TrpoVSf i/\\nTTptr, until.\\n7rp6(j)ci(TL9f ecof, J7, a pretence.\\npTjTcop^ pr]Topos^ o, an orator,\\npov\u00c2\u00a3^ paO, o, a current^ stream.\\n(Fr. peco to flow.)\\no-akniy^^ aaXmyyo^, rj^ a trumpet.\\nSnpSfif, fooi al, Sardis.\\naraTpii7TTj9^ ov^ o, satrap a Per-\\nsi.m governor of a province.\\no-Kia, a?, J7, 2 sliadow,\\n(TT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(f)avo?^ ouj 6, a crown,\\nCTopa^ o-Toparos, t6^ a moutll.\\no-Tpdrevpa^ aror, to, an army.\\n(TTpaT\u00e2\u0082\u00acVCC^ -\u00e2\u0082\u00acVCrC0, KT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac. (^(TTpaTO^^\\nan army), to make an expedi-\\ntion mid. (subjective), m lle\\nan expedition (witli one s\\nown resources), etff nva^against\\nany one; to le engaged in\\nmilitary operations,\\no-Tparrjyos, ou, 6, a genej al.\\nrrTp iTi(j Trj^, ou, 6, a soldier,\\nvvyylyvofxai {crvv. yiy uo/j.ot^ which\\nsee), to he icith^ to associate\\nwith^ w. d:it.\\n(TvWap^iiV(D (jTiv and Xa^jSdVo),\\nwhich see), to talce together^\\nto seize, apprehend.\\n(TvXXeya) {avVj Xeyco to gather)^\\no-vXXf^o), fTvi/eXe^.i, (rvu\u00e2\u0082\u00aci\\\\o)(a^\\navvetXcyfiai^ crvv^Xey-qv^ to gO-\\nther together, to collect,\\navptSuWco {avv^ jSciXXco tO cast)\\n(Tvp^aXci), (Tvve^iikov, (tvu^C\\nPXrjKa, (rvplBeSXrjpat, (TWc^Xfi\\n3771/, to cast together; mid.\\n(subjective), to contribute (of\\none s own means).\\n(TVufiovXcvco {avv, /SovXf t/co to talce\\ncounsel), -evaay, /ere., to advise\\nmid. to get advice for oner s\\nself, to confer with, w. dat.\\n(Tvpivas, (TvpTTaara^ dvp-nav (avv,\\nTTCLs), a strengthened furni of\\nnas all together.\\n(TVpTrpClTTCO {(TVV, TTpaTTCO tO do),\\n(TXjpTTpd^oj, (TvveTTpa^a, avpire\\nTTpaj^a, avpTrenpnypai, avve-\\n7rp(ix ^r)u, to do loith (any one),\\nto cooperate with, w. dat.\\nori i/, prep. w. dat. only, with, in\\ncompany with.\\n(Tcopa, (Ta paTos^ t6^ a hody.\\nra/iia?, ov, 6, a steicard,\\nTu^Lf, eo)?, 1) (rdTTco to arrange),\\na rank, line, esp. of soldiers.\\nTa;^i y, em, i quich.\\nT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac, enclit. conjunc, andy re\\nKai, both and,\\nrelxof, ovs, to, a wall.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "140\\nGENERAL VOCABULARY,\\ntI; neut. of rt?; wJnj\\nTifif}^ r)?, honor,\\nrii tl iiiterrog. pron. icJio f\\ntchich wliat?\\nt\\\\s^ t(, iiideP. pron. enclit., some\\no?ie^ something^ any one, any\\nthing.\\nrorf, then, at that time,\\nTp\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(f)(i), ^p\u00e2\u0082\u00acyj/ct e^p\u00e2\u0082\u00ac\\\\j/a, rerpotpa,\\nT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac?ipoppaL, \u00e2\u0082\u00acTpd(fir]v, to nourish,\\nsupport.\\nTpiaKocTLoi, at, a, three hundred,\\nTpo(pr], rJ9^ rj (Tp6(j)co tO nOUrlsh),\\nnourishment, support,\\nrvy)(dvo}, T\u00e2\u0082\u00acv^opai, iTvxov, T\u00e2\u0082\u00acTv-\\nX^ a, to hit^ meet often w. a\\nparticip. and rendered, to hap-\\npen, ly chance.\\nvb(op, {/Snro9, TO, water.\\nvTTiip)((o {vTTo under PX^\\ngin), to favor, w. dat.\\nvTrep, prep. w. gen. or ace. w.\\ngeu./or, in behalf of w. ace.\\nover^ heyond,\\nVTrLax^^opaL^ ovpai (yno under,\\nicrx(ti ==\u00e2\u0082\u00acxa) to have^ to hold),\\nvno(TXi](Topai^ vrrecrxopr)^, vnea-\\nX\u00c2\u00bb7iLtat, to pjromise,\\nVTTO, prep. w. gen. dat. or ace.\\nw. gen. under by denoting\\nthe agent w. dat. under, sub-\\nject to w. a-c. under, usu. w.\\na verb of motion.\\nvnoKapL^dpu) {yno, Xn/i^aj/aj,whicL\\nsee), to talce under one s pro*\\ntection, to rcceire,\\nv\\\\lros, our, TO, height.\\n(f)d\\\\ay^, (f)d\\\\ayyos, r), a line of\\nbattle, a phalanx.\\np\u00e2\u0082\u00acvy(i (p\u00e2\u0082\u00acv^ )uai, or (j)ev^ovp(U,\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(f)vyou, 7r\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(f)\u00e2\u0082\u00acvya, to flee 6\\n(j)\u00e2\u0082\u00acvycov, the one who flees, the\\nfugitive,\\n(l)TjpL, (prjcrco USn. \u00e2\u0082\u00acp(o, flwa Or\\ncIttov, c iprjKa, (Xprjiiai, ipprflriv,\\nto say, speaJc, affirm.\\n/)iXia, af, r], friendship.\\n(J)l\\\\los, ia, Lov. friendly.\\n(^1X09, ov, 6, a friend,\\n(ppeap, aTOS, to, a well.\\n(pvyds, dbos, 6 p\u00e2\u0082\u00acvy(x to flee), a\\nfugitive, an exile.\\n(j)vXa^, aKos, 6, a guard, a watch-\\nman,\\n(pvXdcraco, Att. (j)v\\\\dTT(o, (f)v\\\\d^oi,\\n\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(j)v\\\\a^a, 7r\u00e2\u0082\u00ac(j)vXaxci, 7re(^( Xay-\\npai, \u00e2\u0082\u00ac(f)v\\\\dx ^r]v, to guard,\\n(ficos, (fxoTos, TO, light.\\ngraceful.\\nxdpL9, x^p^^of? ^1 grace, favor.\\nXPiK^i used only in tlie pros,\\nand imperf. in Attic, to de-\\nsire, wish,\\nXprjpa, aTos, to (j(pdopai tO USr),\\na thing used; nsu. plur,\\ngoods, possessions esp. money.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.\\n141\\nYpvo-of, oO, 6, gold.\\nXpvaovs^ TJ^ ovv (xfjvaoi)^ golden.\\n;(a)pa, as, jy, a country.\\n\\\\l/\u00e2\u0082\u00acvbrjs^ \u00e2\u0082\u00ac9^ false.\\nylr\u00e2\u0082\u00acv8oSj ovf, ro thejctlsehood.\\nQ\\no)?, OS, a\u00c2\u00abi/*; ^^a^, in order that\\nQ)(TT\u00e2\u0082\u00ac^ 80 as, 80 that, consequent-\\nVy.\\nFIEST LESSONS IN GREEK.\\nNote. The author regrets to find a larger number of typo-\\ngraphical errors than usual in this work: although the greater\\nnumber of them are slight, and such as will cause little or no\\ndifficulty to the careful learner. These errors have been occasioned\\npartly by the great distance of the printer from the author the\\ndistance from New York to Chicago and partly by a destructive\\nfire in the piinting-office, just before the work went to press so\\nthat many little points, which were correct in the final proofs, were\\nimperfect in the printed work. It has been thought best, in view\\nof the distance of the author from the printer, instead of attempt-\\ning to correct the stereotyped plates, to make out the following\\ntable of additions and corrections, which will not only accompany\\nfuture editions, but will also be sent, if desu ed, to those who\\nalready have the work.\\nUniversity of Chicago, May, 1871.\\n2.\\n3.\\n4.\\n7.\\nAdditions and Corrections.\\nPage 2. After jj ^upa, insert (-u).\\nLine 1. Erase r] after a^\\nAfter 7) ixdxrj, insert (a).\\nAfter j/fartaf, uisert (t).\\n7. After ojfkLrrjs, insert (c).\\n7. After TtoXitTj^, insert (c).\\n7. After T a.ata^, insert (t).\\n12. After xaxo^. xa Krjj xaXov, read (Eng. cal- m calligraphy^\\nleal- in Icaleido scope).\\n27. Line 8 from bottom. For to, read to.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "142 ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.\\nPage 28. Line 2. For longciV read larger.\\n31. Line 5. For (f)sv8osy read ^l.fi;5o^\\n33. ITtli Greek sentence. For*A|to^ (Wt, read A|toV snrt\\n(i. e., change the grave accent of the first syUablo\\nto the acute).\\n41. Line 11. For olx^, read olx^ (without the iota sub-\\nscript).\\n48. Last line. Ecad, rt o (stem ti- in the pres. system\\nbut ti- in the fut. and aor.).\\n50. Line 9 from bottom. eXvov is obscure.\\n59. Line 6. For ?Lvcor, read %viov,\\n64. Line 11. For We are sent, read We were sent.\\n6G. Line 9. Or is obscure.\\nGO. Line 14. For op(do w^at, read 6p(ao)u.^at.\\n66. Last line. For Ttftpcoj/-, read Ttetpwv-.\\nG9. Line 7 from bottom. For icpaovvto, read ecj^aovvto.\\n75. Line 6 from bottom. EppiTttsv is obscure.\\n77. Line 2 from bottom. (fiavTJvao is obscm e.\\n86. Line 2 from bottom. For eW, read iav,\\n90. Line 8 from bottom. d^pou^ovtaL has no accenj;.\\n92. After a^uvrj, insert (t). v r\\n94. Line 8 from bottom. Fxxd^ is obscure. AA\\n95. Line 6. ^ATtst/xv is obscure.\\n97. Line 7. For ace. sing., read^cc. and voc. sing.\\n98. Line 6. ecnv is obscm-e.\\n98. Line 6. ea-nV (a simple logical copula, is, e. g. jj\\nolxla iati fiLxpa or enclitic, yj olxia fxixpd eaifcv).\\n102. Line 1. ano^vr^axco, Te2idd7to^vT]6xco.\\n107. Line 2 from bottom. For 7, read 8.\\n108. Line 9 from bottom. After to deliberate, insert to plot.\\n108. Line 8 from bottom. For 6ta, read hui.\\n109. Line 3. For Ttapa, read Ttapd.\\n109. Last line. For Ocyrtj, read Ocfr t^\\n112. Line 4 from bottom. Insert 8 after things.\\n113. Line 4 from bottom. For jj, read rj.\\n114. Last line. For ayxxil^a^, read av^ kikcn^.\\n121. Line 8. For Uxe, read^H;cf.\\n122. Line 3 from bottom. iW, read Iva.\\n131. Under dxoi a), after rjxovGyiai, insert, not used in Attic\\nprose, or erase the word rjxovafiav.\\n132. Under uTto^vrjaxco, for aTtots^vyjxa, read t^^vyjxa.\\n133. Under bta^id k kco, for 8tf^f0 Kr)^rjv, read Stf/Sxr^^j^vr\\n134. Under fupo?, for (oo^), read (fo$).\\n130. xatdxELjuaL is obscurc.\\n136. Under K-Opoj, for ov, read ov.\\nT/|e fnc6.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "M\\nRECENTLY PUBLISHED BY S. C. OE.IGOS CO. CHICAOO.\\nTHE FIRST SIX BOOKS\\nOF\\nWITE EXPLANATOEY NOTES INTENDED FOB BEGINNERS IN TOE EPIO DIAUBOt -j\\nAOOOMPANIED WITH NUMEE0U8 EETEBENOES TO HADLEYS GKEEK\\nGEAMMAB, TO KUHNER s LAEGEB GSEEK GEAiLMAIi, AND\\nGOODWIN S MOODS AND TENSES.\\nBY JAMES R BOISE,\\nProfessor of Greek in the University of Chicago, Editor of Xenophon^s AnaLasla,\\nc., c. Price S1.75.\\nMailed, Postagre paid, on Receipt of Price.\\n0PIXI0:N S of DISimaUISHED EDUOATOES.\\nNo Educational Book ever received stronger commendations from\\nTHOSE educators WHOSE VERDICT IS CONSIDERED FINAL, THAN PROFESSOR\\nBoise s First Six Books of Homer s Iliad. Attention is invited to a\\nPART OF those RECEIVED.\\nFrom Professor A. Harkness, Brown University^ R. L\\nI take pleasure in expressing to you my high appreciation of its PoO rt\\naccuracy and vahie. I congratulate you on the success with which you\\nhave accomplished your difficult task. You seem to have been fortunate\\nin combining the essential requisites of a good edition of Homer. The\\nwork is evidently the fruit, not only of ripe and critical scholarship, but\\nalso of large and successful experience in the classroom. It cannot fail,\\nthink, to be abundantly useful.\\nFrom Professor James Hadley, Tale College^ Conn,\\nYou have no reason to deprecate a close and searching criticism.\\nIf, in writing for beginners, you have carefully confined yourself to that\\nwhich will be intelligible and useful to them, that is the highest praise of", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "2 OPmiONS OF BOISE S HOMER S ILIAD (contmued).\\nthe book and of its author. But only the dullest critic could fail to sei\\nthat the work implies knowledge and learning much beyond what it un-\\ndertakes to communicate, and could never have been written by one\\nwho was not profoundly versed in the language and the poet. I shall be\\nmuch surprised if it does not meet with a warm reception from teachera\\nof Greek, and gain a widely-extended circulation.\\nJf rom Dr. A. C. Kendrick, University/ of Rochester^ N. T,\\nIt is a work prepared with great care and fidelity, and is marked\\nby the exact and thorough scholarship and sound judgment which are to\\nbe expected from Professor Boise s long experience and high reputation\\nas a classical instructor. I shall feel happy in doing all I can to com-\\nmend it to the notice and use of students in Greek.\\nFrom E. 0. Haven, President of the University of Michigan,\\nDr. Boise s edition of the First Six Books of Homer s Iliad deserves\\nuniversal use in our schools, because the text is as perfect as the most\\nadvanced scholarship of the time can make it because the notes caU\\nattention to all the difficulties in the way of students, and show them by\\nthe proper use of their Grammars and Dictionaries they can overcome\\nthem, or if this is impracticable, the notes directly remove the difficulties.\\nFrom Professor A. J. Huntington, Columbian College^ Washington^ D. C,\\nI have admired on every page the beauty of the typographical\\nexecution. In regard to the literary character of the work, it seems to\\nme that Professor Boise has surpassed himself. All who are familiar\\nwith his Anabasis would open this edition of Homer expecting to see the\\nfruits of thorough scholarship. The notes are sufficiently exhaustive and\\nare entirely reliable. The copious references to the excellent grammars\\nof Kiihner and Hadley, and to other sources of needful information, are of\\ngreat value. I am sure this edition will do much to promote, in our\\ncountry, the study of, perhaps, the greatest uninspired poet, and the no-\\nblest language the world has produced.\\nFrom Dr. James B. Angell, LL. D., University of Vermont.\\nThe thorough scholarship of Professor Boise is so well known to\\nme that whenever I take up one of his books I confidently expect to find\\nin it the proofs and fruits of most careful study, and nicest critical acu-\\nmen, and of practical acquaintance with the real needs of the American", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "5a e OPINIONS OF BOISE S HOMER S ILIAD (continued). 3\\nstudent. The expectation with which I opened his edition of the First\\nSix Books of Homer s Iliad, was fully met on examination of the work.\\nThe questions of how, and how much, the pupil should be helped and\\nguided, are, in my judgment, most wisely and happily answered in this\\nvolume.\\nFrom Professor Philander Wiley, Indiana Ashury U7iiversity,\\nI make it a rule to test fairly and satisfactorily every work before\\nI endorse it. I have used Clark, Anthon, Felton, and others, and I am\\nnow ready to say, without hesitancy, that I prefer this issue of your press\\nto any of them. I have used it with my classes. In notes and references\\nthe professor seems to have adopted a just medium, giving some aid, but\\nleaving the student to fix and render permanent his knowledge by some\\neffort in its acquisition.\\nFrom Professor W. W. Goodwin, Harvard University, Mass.\\nI can see that it is a most valuable contribution to classical learning,\\nand I trust it will have all the success which it most certainly deserves.\\nFrom Professor Geo. W. Bliss, Lewishurg University, Penn,\\nI do not see how a more judicious and every way satisfactory edition\\nof that portion of the Iliad could be desired.\\nFrom Professor A. N. Arnold, Madison University, Hamilton, N, Y.,\\nnow in the University of Chicago,\\nYour Greek type is beautiful, and the book, as a whole, more than\\nQ^ 3 satisfies it delights the eye. I congratulate the Chicago University and\\nthe Chicago Press on the issue of this scholarly commentary and beauti-\\nful book.\\nFrom Professor W. A. Stevens, Denison University, Granville, Ohio,\\nImmediately after its appearance I decided, on examination, to intro-\\nduce -it here. Our Freshman Class have used it during the present Spring 0\\\\ t Ok6\\nterm. Allow me to say although my testimony can hardly have an\\nequal value with that, doubtless, received from teachers of longer experi-\\nence that the test of recitation-room use fully confirms my first impres-\\nsion regarding it. We have reason to thank you for supplying a long- r^^ o s\\nfelt deficiency, and relieving us from the employment of I need not say\\nwhat text books.", "height": "4590", "width": "2780", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "OPIiSriOIvrS of BOISE S HOMER S ILIAD {continued?).\\nFrom, Professor N. L. Andrews, Madison University^ Hamilton^ JV. Y.\\nProfessor Boise s First Six Books of Homer s Hiad is an admirable\\ndrill-book for beginners in the Epic dialect. The numerous refer-\\nences to grammar and lexicon are a decided merit. I shall recom-\\nmend the work to my classes.\\nFrom Professor Amos N. Currier, Iowa State University,\\nThe notes are full, precise, and admirably adapted to the wants of\\nthe student. The author has wisely chosen to instruct the pupil in the\\nart of self-acquirement, instead of furnishing all needed information\\nready for instant use. The mechanical execution of the work is unex-\\ncelled. I shall adopt the work next year.\\nFrom Professor R. H. Mather, Amherst College^ Mass.\\nI always welcome any thing from Professor Boise s classical study,\\nfor he never gives forth any thing without careful study and mature\\nthought. His works need no puffing they do that for themselves,\\nand I have no doubt this book will have a large sale. Allow me to\\nadd that I am glad so excellent a contribution to the study of Greek\\nshould be edited and published with such beautiful type, paper, and bind-\\ning in the\u00e2\u0080\u0094 to say the least unancient city of Chicago.\\nFrom Professor Henry W. Haynes, Univet^sity of Vermont\\nIt is just the kind of text-book I desire, from which to teach Homer.\\nThe notes supply precisely the assistance required by the average scholir\\nfor the careful study of the author, and no more. They seem designed to\\nsave the teacher s time in the recitation-room for a different kind of\\ninstruction than in grammatical niceties and epic forms of words.\\nFrom Professor J. C. Yan Benschoten, Wesleyan University^ Conn,\\nBoise s Homer, like Boise s Xenophon s Anabasis, is a superior text-\\nbook. His text is safe, in beautiful type thanks to the pubhshers. His\\nnotes are of the tonic sort, critical, genial.\\nFrom Professor Oval Pirkey, Christian Univej^sity, Canton^ Mo,\\nI am greatly pleased with Professor Boise s Homer s Iliad. It la\\nielightful.", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "6a.^\u00e2\u0082\u00ac OPimOKS OF BOISE S HOMER S ILIAD (conUnued). o\\nFrom Professor J. B. Foster, Colbi/ University, Waterville, Maine.\\nI am greatly pleased with the book. The scholarly, judicious, and\\nconscientious perforniance of the editorial work, with the neatness and\\nbeauty of the mechanical execution, combine to render it all that could be\\nreasonably desired in a text-book of the kind. I shall at once recom-\\nmend it for use in this institution.\\nFrom Professor Willision Seminary, East Hampton^ N. H,\\nIt is very beautifully printed, and it is a pleasure to study such a\\ntext. The notes, also, are scholarly and accurate, neither too many nor\\ntoo few. They furnish just the help the student, in the early part of his\\ncourse, needs. I shall recommend the book to our pupils.\\nFrom Professor Merrick Lyon, University Grammar School,\\nProvidence^ R. J,\\nThe notes are clear, concise, and accurate, evincing ripe scholarship\\nand a full apprehension of the difficulties that confront the student as he\\nenters upon the study of epic poetry, and rendering such aid as will en-\\nable him to make rapid and thorough progress. The mechanical execu-\\ntion is all that could be desired, and the book will, doubtless, add new\\nlustre to the brilliant reputation of its accomplished editor.\\nFrom Professor E. P. Bond, Principal Conn. Lit. Inst., Suffield, Conn.\\nI am very much pleased with it as far. as I have gone have followed\\nthe notes through the First and Second Books, and find them remarkably O\\naccurate, scholarly, and apt, meeting the wants of the pupil, clearly ex-cit\u00c2\u00bbC-\u00c2\u00bb\\npressing what needed to be said, yet very brief and appropriate. The\\nclear and distinct type is pleasant to the eye. I congratulate you on\\nadding to your list of pubhcations so valuable a text-book, and shall\\nrecommend it to the next class to whom I shall give instruction in Homer s\\nlUad.\\nFrom Pi ofessor Joseph L. Daniels, Olivet College, Michigan.\\nThe convenient size and beautiful finish of the book, the clear text,\\nthe terse notes and grammatical references to those three standard au-oX^ .v^vu\\nthorities, aU please me. We shall introduce it here next term.\\nFrom Professor H. 0. Newcomb, Eureka CollegCy Illinois,\\nI do not hesitate to pronounce it the best edition of the Iliad for P^q f^\\nSchools and Colleges which I have met with. I find the notes very sati^", "height": "4590", "width": "2780", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "6 OPINIONS OF BOISE S HOMER S ILIAD {continued).\\nKo factory they are not paraphrases upon the text, which are but an injury\\nto the student, but they are accurate, reliable aids to him, calculated to\\nconduce to his habits of investigation and thoroughness. I am pleased\\nwith the mechanical execution of the work. It does credit to its distin-\\nguished author and the enterprising firm of S. C. Griggs Co. We are\\nusing Professor Boise s edition of the Anabasis, and will introduce this\\nSpring his edition of Homer s Hiad.\\nFrom Professor Henry F. Scott, Chestnut Hill Academy^ Philadelphia,\\nPa.\\nI have examined carefully the First Six Books of Homer s Iliad,\\nedited by Professor Boise, and am satisfied that it is superior to any book\\nof the kind before the American public. For advanced students, either\\nin the school or university, the book is invaluable. With regard to the\\nexecution of the book, I will only say that there is nothing wanting to\\nmake it a complete book in every respect. The paper, type and binding,\\nall unite to form one of the best-looking classical books yet published in\\nthis country.\\nFrom Professor Hale Harrison, Master in St. PauVs School,\\nConcordj H,\\nProfessor Boise s edition of the First Six Books of the Hiad is an\\nadmirable, scholarly work. The references to the Grammars seem to be\\ncareiul and elaborate. The notes are pithy and clear, going right to the\\npoint, without any waste of words. They are of that sort which encour-\\nage investigation^ and teach the student, who is willing to work, hoio to\\nsiudy^ while they do not supply him with that sort of information which,\\nto be of any value, should be hunted out by the learner himself from his\\ngrammar and his dictionary.\\nFrom Professor W. C. Collar, Latin School, Roxhury, Mass.\\ny I have examined Professor Boise s First Six Books of the Hiad with ^^t\\\\.\\nJtMJU care, and am glad to testify emphatically to its merits. It is, in my\\nopinion, by far the best edition of the Iliad for school use that has ever\\nappeared in this country. It contains the proper amount of help for the\\npupil, and help of the riglit sort and for teachers to whom the latest\\nand best fruits of German scholarship are inaccessible, it cannot fail to\\nprove a most useful aid. I shall introduce it at once into this school", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "OPINIONS OF BOISE S HOMEE S ILIAD (continued). 7\\nyrom Professor L. Kistler, Northwestern University^ Evanston^ III,\\nHaving looked with some care through this school edition of the\\nIliad, I can say that it comes just at the right time to be appreciated.\\nThe text and notes are free from many objectionable features contained\\nin other school editions of this great epic. I thhik it will prove to be an\\nexcellent text-book in the study of Homer. I shall make use of this\\nedition in my classes.\\nFrom Professor J. B. Sewall, Bowdoin College, Maine,\\nThe appearance of the book is very inviting, and from the methodtS t\\nin which I see Professor Boise has conducted his work, I anticipate only\\ngratification from a closer examination. It seems to be a thoroughly\\nscholarly method.\\nFrom Professor W. A. Packard, Dartmouth College,\\nIt is a beautiful text-book in the style of its publication, and, with\\nthe scholarly and judicious notes added by Professor Boise, admirably\\nadapted to the wants of students. I hope it will be used in the prepara-\\ntory schools from which our students come, and shaU recommend it with\\npleasure.\\nFrom Prof essor G. W. Shurtlefp, Oherlin College, Ordo,\\nI have examined it carefully and have no doubt it is the best edi-\\ntion ever published for beginners in the study of the epic. Dr. Boise s\\nnotes are always judicious, and in the present instance his numerous\\nreferences to Hadley, Kiihner, and Goodwin are invaluable.\\nFrom Professor George H. Bliss, Derby Academy, Vermont,\\nAltogether the best school edition of Homer I have seen. We, of\\nthe preparatory schools, owe you a debt of gratitude. I shall look with\\ninterest for the appearance of the First Greek Book.\\nFrom Professor Oscar Hov^es, SJiurtleff College^ Illinois.\\nThe highly condensed form in which Professor Boise has given ua\\nthe results of his investigations, will commend itself to every lover of\\nwell-digested material. The explanations of grammatical principles and\\nof dialectic forms and usage, both in his own works and by frequent ref-\\nerence to the most approved grammars, are very full and satisfactory, and\\nall reasonable assistance is afforded in translation and yet by the sever-\\nest compression the whole has been brought into a compass so small as to", "height": "4590", "width": "2780", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "8 OPINIONS OF BOISE S HOMEE S ILIAD (continued:).\\nbe a matter of surprise. For the study of the epic dialect as such, it is,\\nI think, superior to any edition of Homer accessible to American stu-\\ndents.\\nThe style in which you have published the book is exceedingly neat\\nand elegant, and does you great credit.\\nFrom Professor Edward North, Hamilton College^ New York.\\nHereafter I shall be glad to use with my classes your edition of\\nHomer s Iliad, with Professor Boise s notes. These Notes have rare value\\nfrom the fact that, instead of solving difficulties for the learner, they direct\\nhim how to solve them for himself, and thus encourage independence of\\nresearch and thought.\\nThe daily use of a text-book so beautiful and accurately printed, so\\ncompactly and suggestively annotated, will be an excellent promoter of\\nscholarly culture.\\nFrom Professor W. H. Young, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio,\\nThe text is indeed beautiful, the make of the book unexceptionable,\\nthe notes and comments judicious and instructive. I shall try it in my\\nnext class in the Iliad.\\nFrom Professor M. L. D Ooge, University of Michigan,\\nI have examined and submitted to the inspection of others Boise s\\nHiad, published by your house. It is the opinion of all who are compe*\\ntent judges of its merits, that this edition, both in subject matter and\\nmechanical execution, is incomparably superior to any other edition of\\nHomer ever published in this country. The high expectations enter-\\ntained by those who have known of the progress of this work have been\\nfully realized in the judicious and critical notes and grammatical refer-\\nences, and in the accuracy of the Greek text according to Dindorf. The\\nsystematic drill in the peculiarities of the Epic dialect, afforded by a care-\\nful study of the notes, makes this edition invaluable to beginners in the\\nstudy of Homer. After a two weeks trial in my classes, I can confidently\\nassert that to both teacher and pupil this work furnishes a satisfactory\\nmeans of teaching and studying the Homeric dialect. I know of no other\\nGreek text-book that has so inviting an external appearance, and whose\\ntypography and mechanism are so faultless.\\nFrom Professor William Gammell, Brown University,\\nI have looked over the volume with great interest and satisfaction.\\nProfessor Boise s scholarship is of the very highest order, and his edi-", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "OPIOTOITS OF BOISE^S HOMER S ILLIAD (continued). 9\\ntorial skill and judgment and completeness are universally appreciated,\\nand nowhere more fuUy than among the graduates of Brown University/\\nFrom Frofesso7* H. L. Wayland, Kalamazoo College, Micliigan.\\nSuch is my conviction of its value that I have had no hesitation in\\nplacing it in our catalogue as the text-book for use in this institution. I\\nam confident that Professor Boise s work will be found as nearly perfect\\nas a work can be.\\nFrom Fro/essor I. N. Demmon, Alliance College^ Ohio,\\nThe text is beautiful and remarkably free from typographical errors.\\nThe notes are clear, concise, accurate sufficiently copious, and yet free\\nfrom all pedantry. The aim seems to be to meet the learner only when\\nhis difficulties are likely to be real, and the author has selected these\\nplaces with admirable skill. The frequent reference to the grammar must 1/j^-\\nprove of great advantage to both teacher and student. For school pur-^\\nposes this is a great advance on any edition of Homer hitherto published\\nin this country, and supplies a marked want in the line of classical text-\u00c2\u00bbU1\\nbooks.\\nFrom Fro/essor S. H. Taylor, Fhillips Academy, Andover, Mass,\\nYou have done for the pupil just what he needs, giving him help\\nwhere it is necessary, and then pointing him to the grammar, where he\\ncan gather up, by his own study, the additional assistance he requires.\\nThe notes everywhere indicate broad and critical scholarship, and a happy\\nappreciation of the difficulties which need elucidation. It is in every\\nsense a very inviting book, and I shall take pleasure in recommending it\\nto my pupils.\\nFrom Fro/essor E. Ballantine, Indiana University, Bloomington^ Ind,\\nI am happy to say that I esteem it highly, and shall recommend it\\nto my classes and use it in my class room.\\nFrom Fro/essor H. B. Hackett, Newton, 2fass.\\nWhat I especially admire in the notes on the Iliad of Homer is that\\nthey are so well suited, not only to illustrate the language and usages of\\nHomer, but to enable the student to acquire a knowledge of the Greek\\nlanguage itself, and thus prepare himself for the study of other authors.\\nFor brevity, pertinence, and suggestive ness, I regard the notes as a model\\nof classical annotation.*\\n1*", "height": "4590", "width": "2780", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "10 on A IONS OF BOISE^S HOMER S ILIAD (continued).\\nFrom Professor W. S. Tyler, Amherst College^ Mass.\\nI find the notes just what I expected the right kind in- the right\\nplaces. I am particidarly struck with the fulness and yet the brevity and\\ncorrectness of the grammatical references and illustrations. While they\\nare, of course, accurate, they seem to me also to be eminently judicious.\\nFor the use to which these works are chiefly put, viz., that of preparatory\\nttadeuts, I do not know how the notes could have been improved.\\nFrom Professor William Allen, Uiiiversity of Wiscondn^ Madison, Wis,\\nIt was only the other day that I was lamenting that there\\nwas no American edition of Homer, worthy of the present condition of\\nscholarship, and I w^as pleased to learn that the want had been supplied\\nby such competent hands. I am glad, too, of this sign that the West is\\nentering the field of the highest culture and scholarship. I have ex-\\namined the notes of several passages, and they appear to me very judi-\\ncious and correct, just adapted to a scholar at this stage of advancement,\\nI shall not hesitate to recommend this as the best edition of the Iliad for\\nclass use and I do not doubt it w V be very generally adopted.\\nFrom Professor C. H. Pentield, Ohcrlin College, Oberlin, Ohio.\\nI s^m greatly pleased with the ^eamess of the type, excel-\\nlence of the paper, and the general appearance of the book. Its me-\\nchanical execution does honor to your house. As soon as I find\\ntime to examine the book more critically I will write you again.\\nFrom Professor Henry S. Frieze, of the University of Michigan.\\nI am delighted with your model book, and I must congratulate you\\nmost heartily on your perfect success in this first attempt, I believe, to\\npublish a classic in the West. Every one must be struck at the first glance\\nwith the neat appearance of the book and its beautiful typography. It\\nseems to me uncqualed in this respect by any edition of Homer, or of\\njmy other Greek author, hitherto published in this country. The notes,\\nQ every thing else from Professor Boise s pen, are characterized by\\nclearness, aptness, and precision, and are exactly what the student of\\nHomer needs. It will, undoubtedly, be the favorite edition for the class-\\nloom\\nFrc/m Professor S. H. White, Norm,al School, Peoria, 77/.\\nIt is a source of great gratification that Professor Boise has given\\nhis attention to this work. His critical accuracy and thoroughnes.s as a", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4590", "width": "2780", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "LIBRARY OF CONGRESS\\n003 037 587 7\\nm\\nV\\nm^y*", "height": "4650", "width": "2743", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4590", "width": "2780", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "LIBRARY OF CONGRESS\\n003 037 587 7", "height": "4590", "width": "2653", "jp2-path": "firstlessonsingr00bois_0174.jp2"}}